Sunteți pe pagina 1din 384

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Title.fm (Publication Template v3.

6)

C M E

N E ID F ON

Special Release EMC SRDF Controls for TPF


Version 5.2.0

L A TI

PRODUCT GUIDE
P/N 300-000-086 REV A

EMC Corporation Corporate Headquarters: Hopkinton, MA 01748 -9103 1-508 -435 -1000 www.EMC.com

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Title.fm

Copyright 2000 - 2004EMC Corporation. All rights reserved. Printed February, 2004 EMC believes the information in this publication is accurate as of its publication date. The information is subject to change without notice. THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED AS IS. EMC CORPORATION MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WITH RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION IN THIS PUBLICATION, AND SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Use, copying, and distribution of any EMC software described in this publication requires an applicable software license. Trademark Information

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ii

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Title.fm

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

iii

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Title.fm

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

iv

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFTOC.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

Contents

Preface............................................................................................................................ xv Chapter 1 Product Overview


Overview........................................................................................... 1-2 Product Features .............................................................................. 1-3 Security Feature ........................................................................ 1-3 Symmetrix Level Synchronization Direction........................ 1-3 Remote Symmetrix Display and Configuration Operations .... 1-3 SRDF Monitor............................................................................ 1-3 SRDF Group and Set Name Support ..................................... 1-4 Product Requirements..................................................................... 1-5 Operating System Requirements............................................ 1-5 Microcode Level........................................................................ 1-5 SRDF Overview................................................................................ 1-6 SRDF Configurations ............................................................... 1-6 SRDF Director Hardware ........................................................ 1-7 SRDF Implementations ............................................................ 1-8 SRDF Operational Modes........................................................ 1-8

C M E
Chapter 2

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Installation
Maintenance...................................................................................... 2-2 Installation Tape ............................................................................... 2-3 Program Directory ........................................................................... 2-4 Unloading the Tape ......................................................................... 2-7 TPF Source Customization ............................................................. 2-9 Installing SRDF Controls .............................................................. 2-10 Functional Entries .......................................................................... 2-11

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFTOC.fm


Contents

Installation Considerations .......................................................... 2-12 Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls.............. 2-13

Chapter 3

SRDF Operations
Logical Volume Types ..................................................................... 3-2 I/O Operations ......................................................................... 3-3 Logical Volume States ..................................................................... 3-4 SRDF Volumes States (SRDF View) ....................................... 3-5 Symmetrix Volume States (Host View) ................................. 3-6 Host Accessibility ..................................................................... 3-7 SRDF Logical Volume Attributes .................................................. 3-9 Source (R1) Volume Attributes ............................................... 3-9 Operational Modes ........................................................................ 3-11 Synchronous Mode................................................................. 3-12 Semi-Synchronous Mode....................................................... 3-14 Adaptive Copy-Write Pending (AW) .................................. 3-16 Adaptive Copy-Disk Mode (AD) ......................................... 3-19 Asynchronous Mode.............................................................. 3-21 Resuming SRDF/A Operation ............................................. 3-22 Ensuring Data Consistency The Dependent Write Principle ................................................................................... 3-23 Concurrent RDF...................................................................... 3-24 Switched SRDF Configurations............................................ 3-31 Additional SRDF Functions ......................................................... 3-33 Target (R2) Volume Read/Write Protection........................ 3-33 Monitoring SRDF Operations ...................................................... 3-34 VM Gatekeeper Support............................................................... 3-35

Chapter 4

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Commands
ZURDF Help..................................................................................... 4-3 ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx ............................................................ 4-5 ZURDF ASYNC ............................................................................... 4-8 ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD........................................ 4-31 ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove ................................................. 4-34 ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete ............................................. 4-37 ZURDF CONfig DISplay .............................................................. 4-41 ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD............................................. 4-47 ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse.................................................... 4-51 ZURDF CONfig REName ............................................................ 4-53 ZURDF CONfig VERify................................................................ 4-54 ZURDF CRTpair ............................................................................ 4-57

vi

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFTOC.fm


Contents

ZURDF CTLRCD........................................................................... 4-63 ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG ................................. 4-65 ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL .............................................. 4-67 ZURDF DEFine PARm-STL ......................................................... 4-68 ZURDF DEFine PARm-SYN ........................................................ 4-69 ZURDF DELpair............................................................................ 4-70 ZURDF DISplay............................................................................. 4-79 ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD ........................................................... 4-97 ZURDF DISplay STAtus............................................................. 4-102 ZURDF INItialize CLEar............................................................ 4-104 ZURDF INValidate...................................................................... 4-105 ZURDF LINk................................................................................. 4-111 ZURDF MIGRATE ...................................................................... 4-114 ZURDF MODe ............................................................................. 4-116 ZURDF RDY|NRDy................................................................... 4-118 ZURDF REFresh .......................................................................... 4-123 ZURDF RESET............................................................................. 4-129 ZURDF RESTART ....................................................................... 4-130 ZURDF RFRresume .................................................................... 4-133 ZURDF SUSpend|RESume ....................................................... 4-140 ZURDF SWAPAIR....................................................................... 4-147 ZURDF SYNchd .......................................................................... 4-153 ZURDF TARget............................................................................ 4-157 ZURDF VALidate ........................................................................ 4-160 ZURDF WRIteenable .................................................................. 4-167 SRDF Commands Summary...................................................... 4-172

Chapter 5

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Procedures
Getting Started................................................................................. 5-2 Recovering Using Operational Host ............................................ 5-3 Making the Operational Site Available................................. 5-3 When Non-Operational Site Becomes Available ................. 5-4 Testing Recovery Procedures......................................................... 5-6 Procedure 1: Performing R2 Read/Write Testing................ 5-8 Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method............ 5-10 Procedure 3-R1: Performing R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes ................................................................................... 5-13 Procedure 3-R2: Performing R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes ................................................................................... 5-16 Procedure 4-R1: Performing R1<R2 Full Volume

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

vii

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFTOC.fm


Contents

Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes.................................................................................... Procedure 4-R2: Performing R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes.................................................................................... Procedure 5-R1: Performing R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes.................................................................................... Procedure 5-R2: Performing R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes.................................................................................... Procedure 6-R1: Performing R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes.................................................................................... Procedure 6-R2: Performing R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes....................................................................................

5-19

5-21

5-24

5-26

5-28

Appendix A

Messages

Message Format ............................................................................. A-2 Messages ......................................................................................... A-3 Service Information Messages ................................................... A-33

Appendix B Appendix C

Recovery Procedures

C M E

SRDF Operation Return Codes


Return Codes .................................................................................. Byte 0 - TPF Return Codes ..................................................... Byte 1 - Symmetrix General Return Codes .......................... Byte 1 - Symmetrix CRTpair Return Codes ......................... Byte 1 - Symmetrix DELpair Return Codes ......................... Byte 1 - Symmetrix SWApair Return Codes ........................ Byte 1 Symmetrix ASYNC Return Codes ......................... C-2 C-2 C-2 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-8

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

5-30

Appendix D

Comprehensive Test Plan


Overview ......................................................................................... D-2 Local Site Responsibilities ............................................................ D-3 EMC Personnel Responsibilities .................................................. D-4 Sales Representatives .............................................................. D-4 Systems Engineer..................................................................... D-4 Customer Engineer.................................................................. D-4

viii

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFTOC.fm


Contents

C M E
Appendix E

Hardware, Software, and Other Requirements ........................ D-5 Hardware Requirements........................................................ D-5 Software Requirements .......................................................... D-5 EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0 Test Plan .......................... D-6 Step 1: Plan the Test ...................................................................... D-7 Planning Checklist .................................................................. D-7 Step 2: Test the Installation ........................................................ D-12 Requirements:........................................................................ D-12 Preparation and Installation (EMC CE) ............................................................................... D-13 Preparation and Installation (Customer)........................... D-13 Apply fixes ............................................................................. D-13 Step 3: Document the Environment .......................................... D-14 Requirements......................................................................... D-14 Objective................................................................................. D-14 Step 4: Test the SRDF Configuration ........................................ D-15 Define the SRDF Controls Monitor Characteristics ......... D-17 Display the SRDF Control Records .................................... D-17 Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group . D-18 Step 6: Test SRDF Controls Operations by Range .................. D-20 Step 7: Test SRDF Controls Operations on a Single Device .. D-21 Step 8: Test Component Failure ................................................. D-22 Test Drive Failure of Source (R1) ........................................ D-22 Test Drive Failure of Target (R2) ......................................... D-22 Test DA Failure...................................................................... D-22 Step 11: Test Performance Impact ............................................. D-23 Requirements......................................................................... D-23 Objective................................................................................. D-23 Runtime .................................................................................. D-23 Average I/O Response Times.............................................. D-23 Peak I/O Response Times.................................................... D-23 Cache Hit and Disconnect Times ........................................ D-24 Step 12: Complete Test Program Exit Survey .......................... D-25 Customer Testing Survey..................................................... D-25 Sending to EMC .................................................................... D-25

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Customer Support
Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems ....................... Troubleshooting the Problem ....................................................... Before Calling the Customer Support Center ............................ Documenting the Problem ............................................................ Reporting a New Problem ............................................................ E-2 E-3 E-4 E-5 E-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

ix

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFTOC.fm


Contents

Sending Problem Documentation ............................................... E-7

Glossary ........................................................................................................................ g-1 Index ................................................................................................................................ i-1

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFLOF.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

Figures

3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 E-1

SRDF Logical Volume State ........................................................................ 3-4 Synchronous Mode .................................................................................... 3-13 Semi-synchronous Mode ........................................................................... 3-15 SRDF/A Mode Overview ......................................................................... 3-22 Concurrent RDF Configuration ................................................................ 3-25 Concurrent RDF Configuration Example ............................................... 3-27 Multi-hop Configuration Example .......................................................... 3-29 Switched SRDF Configuration ................................................................. 3-31 R2 Read/Write Test ...................................................................................... 5-9 Synchronization Method ........................................................................... 5-12 R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R1 Volumes 5-15 R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R2 Volumes 5-18 R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R1 Volumes 5-20 R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R2 Volumes 5-23 R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R1 Volumes 5-25 R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R2 Volumes 5-27 R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R1 Volumes 5-29 R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R2 Volumes 5-32 Problem Detection and Resolution Process .............................................. E-2

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

xi

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFLOF.fm


Figures

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

xii

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFLOT.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

Tables

2-1 3-1 3-2 4-1 4-2 5-1 A-1 B-1 B-2 D-1 D-2 D-3

Installation Tape Contents .......................................................................... 2-3 Source (R1) Volume Accessibility .............................................................. 3-7 Target (R2) Volume Accessibility ............................................................... 3-7 ZURDF ASYNC Requirements .................................................................. 4-8 SRDF Commands Summary ................................................................... 4-172 Select a Synchronization Procedure ......................................................... 5-11 EMC SIM Messages ................................................................................... A-33 Link Status & Recovery ............................................................................... B-2 Volume Status & Recovery ........................................................................ B-3 Customer Contacts ...................................................................................... D-7 EMC Contacts .............................................................................................. D-8 Test Activity List .......................................................................................... D-8

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

xiii

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFLOT.fm


Tables

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

xiv

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Preface.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

Preface

As part of an effort to improve and enhance the performance and capabilities of its product line, EMC from time to time releases revisions of its hardware and software. Therefore, some functions described in this guide may not be supported by all revisions of the software or hardware currently in use. For the most up-to-date information on product features, refer to your product release notes. If a product does not function properly or does not function as described in this guide, please contact your EMC representative. Audience This guide provides instructions for the operation of EMC SRDF Controls for TPF. Readers of this guide are expected to be familiar with the following topics: Symmetrix operation TPF operating system

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Organization

Here is an overview of where information is located in this guide. Chapter 1, Product Overview, provides an overview of SRDF Controls including its features and requirements. Chapter 2, Installation, provides the information necessary for the installation of SRDF Controls. Chapter 3, SRDF Operations, provides a description of Symmetrix volume configuration and attributes, SRDF modes of operation, and integrated operations for the SRDF Controls. Chapter 4, SRDF Commands, provides a description of the SRDF commands.

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

xv

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Preface.fm


Preface

Chapter 5, SRDF Procedures, outlines the steps involved in performing data recovery procedures in an SRDF environment. Appendix A, Messages, describes and lists the messages reported by SRDF Controls for TPF, the reason for the message, and the recommended user action. Appendix B, Recovery Procedures, describes the status of individual SRDF volumes and Remote Link Directors, including their impact on the host, probable cause, and the actions required to return to a normal operating status. Appendix C, SRDF Operation Return Codes, contains information on SRDF return codes. Appendix D, Comprehensive Test Plan, provides guidelines for EMC TimeFinder for TPF evaluation and pre-implementation testing for the customer, systems engineer, and professional services. Appendix E, Customer Support, reviews the EMC process for detecting and resolving software problems, and provides essential questions that you should answer before contacting the EMC Customer Support Center. The Glossary describes terms used in this manual. Related Documentation Other related publications include:

C M E

EMC ResourcePak for TPF Product Guide, P/N 300-000-644, EMC Corporation EMC TimeFinder Controls for TPF Product Guide, P/N 300-000-089, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Models 3830/5830 Product Manual, P/N 300-840-002, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Models 3930/5930 Product Manual, P/N 300-818-001, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Model 5200 Product Manual, P/N 200-811-554, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Model 53xx Product Manual, P/N 200-857-550, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Model 54xx Product Manual, P/N 200-840-550, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Model 5500 Product Manual, P/N 200-810-550, EMC Corporation

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

xvi

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Preface.fm


Preface

Symmetrix Model 5700 Product Manual, P/N 200-810-530, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Model 8430 Product Manual, P/N 300-840-011, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Model 8730 Product Manual, P/N 300-818-005, EMC Corporation Symmetrix DMX800 Product Guide, P/N 300-000-664, EMC Corporation Symmetrix DMX1000 and DMX2000 Product Guide, P/N 300-000-661, EMC Corporation Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) Product Guide, P/N 200-999-554, EMC Corporation

Conventions Used in this Guide

EMC uses the following conventions. Red change bars in the left margin indicate new material added for SRDF/A.
A note presents information that is important, but not hazard-related.

CAUTION

C M E
AVANT GARDE

A caution contains information essential to avoid data loss or damage to the system or equipment. The caution may apply to EMC uses the following type style conventions in this guide:

N O C
Keystrokes

N E FID

L A TI

Palatino, bold

Dialog box, button, icon, and menu items in text Selections you can make from the user interface, including buttons, icons, options, and field names New terms or unique word usage in text Command line arguments when used in text Book titles

Palatino, italic
Courier, italic

Arguments used in examples of command line syntax.

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

xvii

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Preface.fm


Preface

Courier

System prompts and displays and specific filenames or complete paths. For example:
working root directory [/user/emc]: c:\Program Files\EMC\Symapi\db

Courier, bold

User entry. For example:


symmpoll -p

TPF type conventions The syntax conventions used in this manual are:

BOLD CAPITALIZATION = must be typed to issue a command [ ] = optional entry italics = parameter | = alternative parameter value UNDERSCORED = default

Where to Get Help

For questions about technical support, call your local sales office or service provider. If you have a valid EMC service contract, contact EMC Customer Service at: United States: (800) 782-4362 (SVC-4EMC) Canada: (800) 543-4782 (543-4SVC) (508) 497-7901 Worldwide:

C M E
Sales and Customer Service Contacts

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Follow the voice menu prompts to open a service call and select the applicable product support. For the list of EMC sales locations, please access the EMC home page at:
http://www.EMC.com/contact/

For additional information on the EMC products and services available to customers and partners, refer to the EMC Powerlink Web site at:
http://powerlink.EMC.com

xviii

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Preface.fm


Preface

Your Comments

Your suggestions will help us continue to improve the accuracy, organization, and overall quality of the user publications. Please send a message to techpub_comments@EMC.com with your opinions of this guide. The following provides a comprehensive list of enhancements for SRDF Controls for TPF:

Product Enhancements

Release 5.2.0 Support added for Dynamic RDF. Enginuity 5568 and later support the configuration and use of Dynamic RDF devices, providing more options and flexibility in user applications. Commands have been added to create dynamic RDF pairs, delete dynamic RDF pairs, and swap dynamic RDF pairs. Possible configurations are governed by Symmetrix SRDF connectivity and RDFGroup relationship definitions. See also configuration command enhancements. SRDF Group Name Enhancements: Support added to configure SRDF Sets from subsets of RDF devices in a single RDFGroup. Previously, Sets had to included ALL RDF device pairs configured in a specified RDFGroup.This support also provides for configuring unpaired dynamic RDF pairs into SRDF Sets. A configuration command has been added to add/change RDF pairs in an SRDF Set. A configuration command has been added to rename SRDF Groups and Sets. A configuration command has been added to verify SRDF device pairs by CU serial number. During the Accept phase of the Configuration process, configuration verification ensures that a SRDF device has been configured no more than once within an SRDF Group.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Support added for SRDF control record migration. A command has been added to migrate SRDF control records from a version 5.1.0 format to a version 5.2.0 format. Utilization of Symmetrix API for TPF version 5.2.0 for Symmetrix running Enginuity operating environment level 5x69 and earlier. Release 5.1.0 Support added for Concurrent SRDF. Enginuity 5567 and later support the ability for a single primary (source R1) volume to be remotely mirrored to two secondary (target R2) volumes concurrently. Concurrent SRDF is supported in both ESCON and Fibre Channel RDF configurations. Commands have been enhanced to identify the secondary (target R2) device in both single and multi-hop configurations. Support added for Switched SRDF. Enginuity 5x66 and later support SRDF over Fibre Channel RDF configurations. These configurations may involve switched fabrics. The RDF Group is used to identify the relationship between the primary (source R1) and secondary (target R2) devices on both dedicated or switch paths.

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

xix

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Preface.fm


Preface

User Defined Group Name support allows the definition of Group Names and Set Names that can be used in display and operational commands. User Defined Group Names and Set Names replaces the SRDF Group Number and SDA designation used in earlier releases of SRDF Controls for TPF. Release 5.0.0 Utilization of Symmetrix API for TPF version 5.0.0 at Symmetrix microcode level 5x67 and above. Display SRDF Device State Matrix. Display Device items by Range. Display Range Status. Enhanced Help display including Display Version. Mixed vendor tolerance. Enhanced operation return code reporting. Dynamic SRDF Scheduler Time Limit.

Incorportation of prior software fixes into base code. Release 4.0.1

Support for Symmetrix microcode level 5x67. Release 4.0.0

C M E

Initial release of product.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

xx

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

1
Product Overview

This chapter provides an overview of SRDF Controls including its features and requirements.

Overview .............................................................................................1-2 Product Features ................................................................................1-3 Product Requirements.......................................................................1-5 SRDF Overview..................................................................................1-6

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Product Overview

1-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

Overview
SRDF Controls for TPF is a TPF software package which monitors SRDF status and controls SRDF processes through the use of functional entries entered at the TPF prime cras. The Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) feature maintains a real time copy of data at the logical volume level in Symmetrix 5xxx (and later) systems located in physically separate sites.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

Product Features
SRDF Controls supports features that allow for the establishment of remote control and monitoring of data mirroring.

Security Feature

SRDF Controls provides for security by allowing functional entries to be entered from prime cras only. Additionally, SRDF Controls operational entries may only be entered from the prime cras of the SYMM utility owner. SRDF Controls display entries may be issued from the prime cras of any CPU in a loosely coupled complex. SRDF Controls allows synchronization direction to be set at the Symmetrix level. The synchronization direction may be set separately for each Symmetrix to R1>R2, R1<R2, NONE, or GLOBAL. When SRDF Controls for TPF control structures are initialized, the synchronization direction is set to GLOBAL for each Symmetrix. The GLOBAL synchronization direction is set to NONE. This feature provides a means of enforcing procedural standards for recovery scenarios. See Testing Recovery Procedures on page 5-6. SRDF Controls for TPF supports SRDF display and configuration operations to remote Symmetrix units across the SRDF link. This feature provides control of Symmetrix units which may or may not be accessible directly from the TPF image owning the SRDF resource. It also allows for control of recovery testing procedures (see Testing Recovery Procedures on page 5-6) from a single TPF image. This feature is provided using the REMote parameter on the display and configuration functional entries.

Symmetrix Level Synchronization Direction

Remote Symmetrix Display and Configuration Operations

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Monitor

For all SRDF Controls functional entries that change the status of a link or device, the SRDF Monitor checks to see that the device or link successfully changed status. If the status is successfully changed, the SRDF Monitor terminates normally. Otherwise, the SRDF Monitor will be reinitiated in some user controlled interval to check the status of the operation until the status has been altered successfully.

Product Features

1-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

1
SRDF Group and Set Name Support
SRDF Controls enables you to define one or more SRDF groups. Each SRDF Group can consist of one or more user defined Sets, each identifying a local and remote Symmetrix SRDF pair. The same local and remote Symmetrix SRDF pair may be defined as a Set in one or more SRDF groups. A local and remote Symmetrix pair is uniquely identified by the SRDF Group Name and Set Name. This design enables you to issue a single command to initiate an SRDF operation to one or all of the SRDF Sets in an SRDF group.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

Product Requirements
This section provides the minimum system requirements for SRDF Controls for TPF.

Operating System Requirements

SRDF Controls for TPF requires a TPF version 4.1 or higher operating system environment running at IBM TPF PUT level 10 or higher, due to the use of the TPF macro CRESC. When running TPF under VM, SRDF Controls for TPF requires that volumes, through which SRDF operations are to be issued, be defined as unsupported devices. For more information about running EMC software products under VM, please contact your EMC representative. SRDF Controls for TPF allows the user to predetermine a gatekeeper device, through which all SRDF operations for RDF devices in an SRDF Set are to be issued. This gatekeeper device can be a general file or other online device.

Microcode Level

Before attempting to install SRDF Controls for TPF, verify that the appropriate microcode revision is present on your Symmetrix units:

Use of the SRDF command set requires the install base be Symmetrix 5000 series or higher. Use of the SRDF command set requires the SRDF feature and microcode revision level 5x64 or higher. Use of certain features require higher microcode levels. These are noted where appropriate later in this manual. Use of SRDF Controls for TPF with Symmetrix microcode level 5x64 and higher supports up to 4096 logical volumes per control unit. If you have any questions pertaining to the microcode version in your Symmetrix unit(s) as well as the Symmetrix features installed, please contact your EMC representative.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Product Requirements

1-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

SRDF Overview
The Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) feature is a business continuance solution that maintains a mirror image of data at the logical volume level in Symmetrix systems located in physically separate sites. Symmetrix SRDF offers the following major features and benefits:

high data availability high performance flexible configurations host and applications software transparency automatic recovery from a component or link failure significantly reduced recovery time after a disaster reduced disaster recovery complexity, planning, testing, etc. increased integrity of recovery procedures reduced backup and recovery costs

The SRDF feature is transparent to the host operating system and host applications. It does not require additional host software for duplicating data on the Symmetrix units at the geographically-separate sites. The participating Symmetrix units manage all SRDF functions.

SRDF Configurations

C M E

For synchronization and coordination of SRDF activity, individual Symmetrix units have volumes defined as either primary (source or R1) or secondary (target or R2) volumes. These volumes are then defined as members of RDFGroups. RDFGroups are used to define the relationships between individual Symmetrix units in an SRDF configuration. An SRDF configuration has at least one primary (source or R1) volume and one secondary (target or R2) volume. Enginuity 5567 and later supports the ability for a single primary volume to have a remote relationship or be mirrored to two secondary volumes concurrently. This feature is called Concurrent SRDF and is supported in both ESCON and Fibre Channel SRDF configurations. SRDF configurations may transfer data in a uni-directional or bi-directional manner. In a uni-directional configuration, all primary (source or R1) volumes reside in one Symmetrix unit and all secondary (target or R2) volumes in another Symmetrix unit. Data flows from the primary (source R1) volumes to the secondary (target

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

R2) volumes in the respective Symmetrix units under normal operating conditions. In a bi-directional configuration, both primary (source or R1) and secondary (target or R2) volumes reside in each Symmetrix unit, whether source (R1) or target (R2), in the SRDF configuration. Data flows from the primary (source R1) volumes in the respective Symmetrix units to the corresponding secondary (target R2) volumes in the other Symmetrix units under normal operating conditions.

SRDF Director Hardware

SRDF director hardware provides the communications transport layer for SRDF data and information exchanges between Symmetrix units. SRDF director hardware consists of two types of adapters:

ESCON Remote Adapters (RAs) Fibre Channel Remote Adapters (RAFs or RFs)

ESCON Remote Adapters

ESCON Remote Adapters, known as RAs, are board sets that can provide the link connections, fiber optic protocol support, and communications control between two Symmetrix units in an SRDF configuration. The RA board set that sends data across an SRDF link is known as an RA-1. An RA-1 functions like an IBM ESCON host channel interface.

C M E
Fibre Channel Remote Adapter

The RA board set that receives data sent across an SRDF link is known as an RA-2. An RA-2 functions like an IBM ESCON storage director interface. An ESCON SRDF link consists of an RA-1 board set in one Symmetrix unit, an RA-2 board set in another Symmetrix unit, and a fiber cable connecting them.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

An RA-1 and its corresponding RA-2 are referred to as an RA pair. Beginning with Symmetrix 4.x models, there can be multiple RA pairs in an SRDF configuration. Enginuity microcode versions 5x66 and higher support SRDF Fibre Channel emulation. The Remote Adapter for Fibre (RAF or RF) is a Fibre Channel board set that is Enginuity-configured as the link between Symmetrix units in an SRDF configuration.

SRDF Overview

1-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

1
SRDF Implementations
SRDF offers three modes of implementation:

Campus Solution Extended Distance Solution SRDF FarPoint

SRDF Campus Solution

The SRDF Campus Solution allows Symmetrix units to be located up to 37.5 miles (60 km) apart using fiber-optic links. Synchronous, semi-synchronous, or Adaptive Copy data copying operational modes are available for this solution. This implementation supports both uni-directional and bi-directional SRDF configurations. The SRDF Extended Distance Solution allows the Symmetrix units to be located over 37.5 miles (60 km) apart using a T3 or E3 link. Synchronous, semi-synchronous, or Adaptive Copy data copying modes of operation are available for this solution. To minimize the degradation of performance due to distance and telecommunications delays, EMC recommends using the semi-synchronous mode. This implementation mode supports only uni-directional SRDF configurations. SRDF FarPoint is an optional SRDF feature that can be used with extended distance solutions (and campus solutions in a TPF environment) to optimize the performance of the SRDF links. It works by allowing each RA to transmit multiple I/Os, in series, over each SRDF link.

SRDF Extended Distance Solution

SRDF FarPoint

C M E
SRDF Operational Modes

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

For a complete description of SRDF features, functions, and configuration refer to the EMC Symmetrix Remote Data Facility (SRDF) Product Guide.

When introduced to the disaster recovery market in the mid-1990s, SRDF offered three modes of operation: Synchronous mode acknowledges an I/O as complete when it is written to both the local and remote cache of a Symmetrix SRDF pair Semi-synchronous mode allows the members of an SRDF volume pair to be at most one I/O out of synchronization per logical volume as a way to improve performance in certain environments

1-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

Adaptive Copy mode a data movement solution that sends data to the remote side in random order

The term asynchronous was specifically excluded from the SRDF lexicon. This practice changed with the introduction of SRDF/A mode in Enginuity level 5670. A new SRDF mode was added:

Asynchronous mode a data movement solution that sends a consistent point-in-time image to the R2 side, which is not too far behind the R1 side, resulting in minimal data loss in the event of a disaster at the primary site.
Asynchronous mode is available with Enginuity level 5670. This level of Enginuity only supports single local and remote Symmetrix pairs.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Overview

1-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp1.fm


Product Overview

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1-10

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

2
Installation

This chapter provides the information necessary for the installation of SRDF Controls.

Maintenance........................................................................................2-2 Installation Tape .................................................................................2-3 Program Directory .............................................................................2-4 Unloading the Tape............................................................................2-7 TPF Source Customization ...............................................................2-9 Installing SRDF Controls ................................................................2-10 Functional Entries ............................................................................ 2-11 Installation Considerations.............................................................2-12 Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls ................2-13

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Installation

2-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Maintenance
Maintenance updates and current release notes are available on the EMC FTP site. Instructions for locating and downloading specific fixes and documentation are provided in the ReadMe text file stored on the FTP site:
ftp.emc.com/pub/tpfsoft/xxxxxxxx For security reasons, the low level directory name xxxxxxxx is renamed from time to time.

The FTP site can be accessed from MVS or with an internet browser. Do the following from a TSO session to download the ReadMe file: 1. FTP ftp.emc.com. 2. Sign on.

Sign on as user ftp. Enter your email address as the password (for example, user@emc.com). 3. Enter cd pub/tpfsoft/xxxxxxxx

4. Get ReadMe your.data.set (readme).


The FTP site is case sensitive. Take care to use the correct case for all entries.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

2-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Installation Tape
SRDF Controls is distributed on a 3480 SL tape. The tape contains the files listed in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1

Installation Tape Contents Name TPF.RDF520.FILE1.OBJ TPF.RDF520.FILE2.SRC TPF.RDF520.FILE3.SAM Description Contains real-time programs object code Contains real-time programs source code Contains sample source for system component updates Format IEBCOPY IEBCOPY IEBCOPY Blocksize 12000 12000 12000

File 1 2 3

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Installation Tape

2-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Program Directory
The SRDF Controls Program Directory consists of the following elements.
File 1 Segment E1AA40 E1AB40 E1AC40 E1AD40 E1AE40 E1AF40 E1AH40 E1AI40 E1A240 E1RA40 E1RB40 Description Symmetrix Communication Protocols Symmetrix Communication Protocols Symmetrix Communication Protocols Symmetrix Communication Protocols Symmetrix Communication Protocols Symmetrix Communication Protocols

Symmetrix Communication Protocols Symmetrix Communication Protocols EMC Software common routines

C M E
E1RC40 E1RD40 E1RE40 E1RF40 E1RG40 E1RH40 E1RI40 E1RJ40 E1RK40 E1RL40

N O C

SRDF Configuration Control Records Summary Display SRDF Configuration Display SRDF Configuration Open|Close|Add|Remove

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Help Display SRDF Help Display SRDF Help Display SRDF Display Device State Matrix SRDF Defines, Monitor Reset, Control Record Backup|Restore|Refresh SRDF Migration SRDF Remote Symmetrix Control Record Refresh SRDF Messages with Substitution SRDF Command Processor

2-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

File 1 Segment E1RM40 E1RN40 E1RO40 E1RP40 E1RQ40 E1RR40 E1RS40 E1RT40 E1RU40 E1RV40 E1RW40 E1RX40 E1RY40 E1RZ40 Description SRDF Messages SRDF Messages SRDF Display Symmetrix Configuration SRDF Input Message Parser SRDF Display Device Status and Adaptive Copy Information SRDF Display Control Record Summary SRDF Command Scheduler SRDF Monitor SRDF Command Processor SRDF Control Record Refresh SRDF Link Operation Processor SRDF Link Monitor

C M E
E1R140 E1R240 E1R340 E1R440 E1R540 E1R640 E1R740 E1R840 E1R940

E1R040

N O C

SRDF Monitor

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Input Message Parser

SRDF Configuration Verification

SRDF Configuration Rename SRDF Configuration Accept|Discard SRDF Configuration Remote Symmetrix Discovery SRDF Configuration Change|Delete SRDF Help Display SRDF Display Device Status and Adaptive Copy Information SRDF Display Link Status SRDF CRTpair | Delpair SRDF Help Display

Program Directory

2-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

File 2 Segment E1A340 Description EMC software common routines

File 3 Segment CVAB40 EMCUEQ RAMFIL RIATA USRTPF Description Sample functional message editor table entry EMC user equates Sample RAMFIL statement Sample RIATA call

Sample program allocation statements

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

2-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Unloading the Tape


The installation tape is standard-labeled and has a volser in the following format: TRDvrm corresponds to: v = version r = revision level r = modification number For example, SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0 has the volser TRD520. Customize the following sample JCL to unload the tape:
// jobcard //** INSTALL OF SRDF CONTROLS FOR TPF FILES //COPY01 EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,REGION=4M //INDD1 DD DSN=EMCSRC,DISP=(,PASS), // UNIT=tape-unit,VOL=SER=TRDvrm,LABEL=(1,NL) //OUTDD1 DD DSN=your.default.FILE1.OBJ, // DISP=(NEW,CATLG),VOL=SER=xxxxxx, // UNIT=SYSALLDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1,46)), // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=3200) //SYSUT3 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,10) //SYSUT4 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,10) //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=X //SYSIN DD * COPY OUTDD=OUTDD1,INDD=INDD1 /* //COPY02 EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,REGION=4M //INDD1 DD DSN=EMCSRC,DISP=(,PASS), // UNIT=tape-unit,VOL=SER=TRDvrm,LABEL=(2,NL) //OUTDD1 DD DSN=your.default.FILE2.SRC, // DISP=(NEW,CATLG),VOL=SER=xxxxxx, // UNIT=SYSALLDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1,46)), // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=27920) //SYSUT3 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,10) //SYSUT4 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,10) //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=X //SYSIN DD * COPY OUTDD=OUTDD1,INDD=INDD1 /* //COPY03 EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY,REGION=4M

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Unloading the Tape

2-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

2
//INDD1 DD DSN=EMCSRC,DISP=(,PASS), // UNIT=tape-unit,VOL=SER=TRDvrm,LABEL=(3,NL) //OUTDD1 DD DSN=your.default.FILE3.SAM, // DISP=(NEW,CATLG),VOL=SER=xxxxxx, // UNIT=SYSALLDA,SPACE=(CYL,(5,1,46)), // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=27920) //SYSUT3 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,10) //SYSUT4 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(CYL,10) //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=X //SYSIN DD * COPY OUTDD=OUTDD1,INDD=INDD1 /*

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

2-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

TPF Source Customization


The following describes TPF source customization required for SRDF Controls for TPF. Sample code has been included in File 3 on the tape.
Segment CVAx FCTB Description Add ZURDF as a BSS ONLY functional entry Allocate n 4K fixed file ordinals for record types #EMCRD, #EMCRM, #EMCRB. It is recommended that the user allocate enough ordinals to accomodate the possibility of the addition of DASD subsystems or SRDF Groups. n = 2a *(c/15) + 2a + b + 1 where: a = the number of user defined Sets b = the number of user defined SRDF Groups c = the number of logical devices per Symmetrix unita If c is not the same for every Symmetrix unit, use the greatest number of logical devices configured in a Symmetrix unit. Add entries for E1Rx and E1Ax program segments, and run the appropriate offline jobs to generate the allocator source (TABLExx) and PAT source (IPATxx).

USRTPF

SPRIAT

C M E

a. The result of (c/15) must be rounded up to the next whole integer.

N O C

Add RIATA ID=XA387,XCP=YES

N E FID

L A TI

TPF Source Customization

2-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Installing SRDF Controls


Follow these steps to install SRDF Controls: 1. Unload SRDF into the appropriate source, object, listing, and sample libraries. 2. Update the appropriate general functional message table. See sample Functional Message Editor Table Entry in CVAB40 as specified in Program Directory on page 2-4. 3. Assemble the general functional message table. 4. Update the Basic Subsystem Face Table to allocate the appropriate number of 4K fixed file #EMCRD, #EMCRM, and #EMCRB records. See the sample RAMFIL statements as specified in Program Directory on page 2-4. 5. Generate and link the modified Basic Subsystem Face Table. 6. Update the Basic Subsystem RIAT with record id x'A387' attributes. See sample RIATA calls as specified in Program Directory on page 2-4. 7. Assemble the modified Basic Subsystem RIAT. 8. Assemble the SRDF User Exits provided in File 2 on the product tape.

C M E

9. Update the Basic Subsystem allocator with program allocation input cards for SRDF. See the sample Program Allocation Input Deck statement in USRTPF as specified in Program Directory on page 2-4.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

10. Generate the Basic Subsystem SAL table (TABLExx) and program allocation table (IPATxx). 11. Assemble the Basic Subsystem IPATxx. 12. Check the FTP web site for the latest object code and release notes. For instructions, see Maintenance on page 2-2. 13. Update image load, general file load, and online load decks with the generated Basic Subsystem allocator version. 14. Create aBasic Subsystem image load with the modified FCTB, RIAT, functional message table, and SRDF E-type segments. 15. Load and activate the image. The load of SRDF Controls base is now complete.

2-10

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Functional Entries
The following functional entries must be entered prior to using SRDF Controls: 1. Add resource SYMM for the Basic Subsystem to the processor resource ownership table.
ZPROT ADD UT SYMM BSS Substitute BSS with the Basic Subsystem name of the TPF complex.

2. Assign resource SYMM for the Basic Subsystem to one processor in the TPF complex.
ZPROT ASN UT SYMM BSS Substitute BSS with the Basic Subsystem name of the TPF complex.

3. Initialize the SRDF Controls records with record ID x'A387'.


ZIFIL EMCRD/A387/00/0/nnnnnn/NNN/N ZIFIL EMCRM/A387/00/0/nnnnnn/NNN/N ZIFIL EMCRB/A387/00/0/nnnnnn/NNN/N

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Functional Entries

2-11

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Installation Considerations
This section explains SRDF Controls for TPF considerations:

SRDF links to remote control units must be operational prior to configuring SRDF Controls for TPF control records. This enables SRDF Controls to discover local and remote Symmetrix units properly. If both TimeFinder for TPF and SRDF Controls for TPF are loaded to the same TPF complex, the products must be at the same version levels to ensure compatibility.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

2-12

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls


Do the following to migrate a TPF system from an earlier release of SRDF Controls to version 5.2.0.
The example entries in the following procedure must be tailored for your specific environment.

1. Display current version 5.1.0 configuration for later comparison. (If migrating from a version early than 5.1.0, see the appropriate product guide for configuration display message formats.) For example:
Issue ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc STA-ALL To Display status of each defined group.

ZURDF DIS LOC GRO-cccccccc Display local device control records for all SET-ssssssss defined sets. ZURDF DIS LOC GRO-cccccccc Display link information for all local CUs in SET-ssssssss TYP-LIN all TPF SRDF groups. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc Display remote device control records for all SET-ssssssss defined sets. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc Display link information for all remote CUs in SET-ssssssss TYP-LIN all TPF SRDF groups. ZURDF DIS CTL-CU Display CU/Set Control Records Summary. Display Group Control Records Summary. Display Master Control Record Summary.

C M E

ZURDF DIS CTL-GR ZURDF DIS CTL-MA

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

2. Load the new program base. 3. Backup SRDF control records, by issuing the command:
ZURDF CTLRCD BACKUP

Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls

2-13

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

2
4. Do the following based on the version from which you are migrating: If migrating from version 5.0.0 or earlier, configure the SRDF Controls records by issuing the following:
Issue ZURDF INI CLEar To Initialize the control records. Only use this command if SRDF Control data structures were previously initialized. Alternatively, you can ZIFIL the SRDF Controls records. Open SRDF group(s) for configuration. Add Set(s) to the SRDF group(s) specifying the SDA designating the host accessible Symmetrix unit and the multihop list identifying the RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit. Specifies the RDF device pair(s) that will be included for operation within the specified set(s).

ZURDF CON OPEN GROup-cccccccc ZURDF CON ADD GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDA-ccud MHL1-d[.d MHL2-d.d] ZURDF CON CHA GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ccc SDN-hhhh OTYP-ccc OSDN-hhhh CNT-dddd ZURDF CON CLOSE GROup-cccccccc

C M E

ZURDF CON DIS [REMOTE] GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc

ZURDF CON DIS CTLRCD-MA ZURDF CON DIS CTLRCD-GR ZURDF CON DIS CTLRCD-CU ZURDF CON ACCEPT

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Close SRDF group(s). Display Configuration Device Control Records for local and remote Symmetrix of all Sets in all SRDF groups. Display SRDF Master Control Record Summary. Display SRDF Group Control Record Summary. Display SRDF CU Control Record Summary. ALL Accept the new configuration, filing it to the SRDF Controls records.

If migrating from version 5.1.0, migrate the SRDF Controls control records from the version 5.1.0 format to the configuration control records in the version 5.2.0 format, by entering the command:
ZURDF MIGRATE For more information, refer to ZURDF MIGRATE on page 4-114.

2-14

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

5. Re-display the environment and ensure that it is correct. For example:


Issue To ZURDF CON DIS GRO-cccccccc Display status of each defined group. STA-ALL ZURDF CON DIS LOC Display local device control records for all GRO-cccccccc SET-ssssssss defined sets. ZURDF CON DIS REM Display remote device control records for all GRO-cccccccc SET-ssssssss defined sets. ZURDF CON DIS CTL-CU ZURDF CON DIS CTL-GR ZURDF CON DIS CTL-MA Display CU/Set Control Records Summary. Display Group Control Records Summary. Display Master Control Record Summary.

6. Accept the migrated configuration filing it down to the SRDF Controls V5.2.0 control records:
Issue ZURDF CON ACCEPT ALL

For more information, refer to ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31.

7. Refresh MFST information in the SRDF control records:


Issue

C M E
Issue

ZURDF CTLRCD REFRESH

N O C

N E FID
To

L A TI

8. Resume normal SRDF operations:


ZURDF SUS GROup-cccccccc Suspend SRDF operation for group cccccccc.

Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls

2-15

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp2.fm


Installation

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

2-16

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

3
SRDF Operations

This chapter provides a description of Symmetrix volume configuration and attributes, SRDF modes of operation, and integrated operations for the SRDF Controls for TPF.

Logical Volume Types........................................................................3-2 Logical Volume States........................................................................3-4 SRDF Logical Volume Attributes.....................................................3-9 Operational Modes .......................................................................... 3-11 Additional SRDF Functions............................................................3-33 Monitoring SRDF Operations ........................................................3-34 VM Gatekeeper Support .................................................................3-35

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Operations

3-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Logical Volume Types


Within each Symmetrix unit, three logical volume types may be defined: local, source (R1), and target (R2). Local Volumes Local volumes are logical volumes unique to that Symmetrix unit. That is, they are only accessible to hosts attached to that Symmetrix unit. These logical volumes can be unmirrored/unspared volumes, internally mirrored to other local volumes in that unit, protected by dynamic sparing, or exist as dynamic spares. Source (R1) Volumes Source (R1) volumes are logical volumes that reside on a Symmetrix unit with the data on those volumes mirrored to respective target (R2) volumes on another Symmetrix unit. Should the source (R1) volume fail, Symmetrix will transparently access the data on its corresponding target (R2) volume. When the failing volume is replaced, the remotely mirrored pair is re-synchronized automatically as a background operation using the data in the target (R2) volume. Target (R2) Volumes Target (R2) volumes are a copy of the source (R1) volume in another Symmetrix unit. A target (R2) volume typically has a default configuration mode of read-only to any host with access to the Symmetrix unit in which it resides. Under normal operation, writes to the target (R2) volume occur via the link paths. However, should the source (R1) volume fail, Symmetrix will transparently access the data on the corresponding target (R2) volume via the link paths. New writes accumulate as invalid tracks in the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

During disaster recovery or any other use of SRDF in which the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume is unavailable for read/write access, the target (R2) volume can be made available for read/write operations with a host attached to the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume.

3-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

I/O Operations

The Symmetrix units in an SRDF configuration can simultaneously perform I/O operations with source (R1), target (R2), and local volumes. That is, the host systems connected to Symmetrix channel interfaces have read/write access to the local and source (R1) volumes in their respective Symmetrix units. A host system may also access target (R2) volumes on the Symmetrix unit that are in read only mode. SRDF Controls for TPF obtains the status of remotely mirrored volumes and moves control between the Symmetrix units during failover operations and concurrent operations.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Logical Volume Types

3-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Logical Volume States


This section describes the three device states that an SRDF logical volume (source (R1) or target (R2)) reflects to the host connected to that Symmetrix unit. These device states can be:

Not Ready (NR) Write-Protected (RO) Write-Enabled (RW)

Understanding how the three device states of an SRDF logical volume are achieved is fundamental to grasping the concepts of SRDF operation. Make sure you fully comprehend this section BEFORE attempting any SRDF operations. These device states are determined by a combination of two sub-states:

The device SRDF sub-state (SRDF view)

The device channel interface sub-state (host view)

In general, you can look at the two sub-states as two layers (Figure 3-1):

An internal layer - the SRDF state

An external layer - the device channel interface state

C M E

These two layers are configured by different sets of internal Symmetrix parameters. The state ultimately seen by the host is determined by the combination of the two device states. Table 3-1 and Table 3-2 on page 3-7 summarize the device state seen by the host as determined by the individual sub-states.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Figure 3-1

SRDF Logical Volume State

3-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

For example, only when a device is write-enabled for both the channel state and the RDF state will the host be able to write to the device. The following sections describes these two sub-states and how the various device sub-state combinations determine the actual overall device state reflected to the host.

SRDF Volumes States (SRDF View)


Source (R1) Volume States

This section lists the sub-states a source (R1) or target (R2) volume can have for SRDF operations. A source (R1) volume can have the state listed below for SRDF operations.

Read/Write (RW) In this state, the source (R1) volume is available for read/write operations. This is the default source (R1) volume state.

Not Ready (NR)

If the source (R1) volume fails, the host will continue to see that volume as available for read/write operations as all reads and/or writes continue uninterrupted with the target (R2) volume in that remotely mirrored pair. Target (R2) Volume States A target (R2) volume can have one of the three states listed below for srdf operations.

C M E

Not Ready (NR)

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

In this state, the target (R2) volume responds intervention required/unit not ready to the host for all read and write operations to that volume. The target (R2) volume is unable to perform any SRDF operations when in this state. Read-Only (RO) In this state, the target (R2) volume is available for read-only operations. This is the default target (R2) volume state. Read/Write (RW) In this state, the target (R2) volume is available for read/write operations.
Read/Write (RW) use of target (R2) volumes is intended for host read/write use in disaster recovery as well as disaster recovery testing. Target (R2) volumes should not be used for extended periods of
3-5

Logical Volume States

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
read/write activity. Use local volumes, or request your EMC Customer Engineer to schedule a reconfiguration of R1/R2 volume pairs to local volumes, to avoid extended read/write use of target (R2) volumes.

Symmetrix Volume States (Host View)


Source (R1) Volume States

This section lists the states a source (R1) or target (R2) volume can have for host operations. This represents the channel interface states. A source (R1) volume can have one of the three states listed below. This state is seen by the host connected to the Symmetrix unit in which that volume resides.

Write-Enabled (RW) In this state, the source (R1) volume is online to the host and available for read/write operations. This is the default source (R1) volume state.

Write-Disabled (RO)

In this state, the source (R1) volume responds device write-protected to the host for all write operations to that volume.

RDF Not Ready (RNR)

In this state, the source (R1) volume responds intervention required/unit not ready to the host for all host accesses to that volume. Target (R2) Volume States

C M E

A target (R2) volume can have one of the three states listed below. This state is seen by the host connected to the Symmetrix unit in which that volume resides. Write-Enabled (RW) In this state, the target (R2) volume is available for read/write operations.
Please note that since the default SRDF sub-state is read-only (RO), the overall default target (R2) volume device state is read-only (RO).

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Write-Disabled (RO) In this state, the target (R2) volume is not available for write operations to that volume from any host that can access that volume. This is the default target (R2) volume state.

3-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Not Ready (NR) In this state, the target (R2) volume responds intervention required/unit not ready to the host for all host accesses to that volume.

Host Accessibility

The tables in this section describes the accessibility state of the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes to the host connected to the Symmetrix containing the source (R1) volumes. The accessibility of the host to a particular Symmetrix volume depends on its state from BOTH the host and SRDF view. Table 3-1 lists the accessibility for a source (R1) volume. Table 3-2 on page 3-7 lists the accessibility for a target (R2) volume.

Table 3-1

Source (R1) Volume Accessibility SRDF View State Read/Write (RW) RDF Not Ready (RNR) Read/Write (RW)

Channel Interface State Write-Enabled (RW) Write-Enabled (RW) Write-Disabled (RO) Write-Disabled (RO) Not Ready (NR)

Not Ready (NR)


Table 3-2

C M E

N O C

RDF Not Ready (RNR)

N E FID

L A TI
unavailable unavailable

Accessibility Read/Write (RW)

depends on target (R2) volume availability Read-Only (RO) depends on target (R2) volume availability

Read/Write (RW) RDF Not Ready (RNR)

Target (R2) Volume Accessibility SRDF View State RDF Not Ready (RNR) Read Only (RO) Read/Write (RW) RDF Not Ready (RNR) Read Only (RO) Read/Write (RW) Accessibility unavailable Read Only (RO) Read/Write (RW) unavailable Read Only (RO) Read Only (RO)

Channel Interface State Write-Enabled (RW) Write-Enabled (RW) Write-Enabled (RW) Write-Disabled (RO) Write-Disabled (RO) Write-Disabled (RO)

Logical Volume States

3-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
Table 3-2

Target (R2) Volume Accessibility (continued) SRDF View State RDF Not Ready (RNR) Read Only (RO) Read/Write (WR) Accessibility unavailable unavailable unavailable

Channel Interface State Not Ready (NR) Not Ready (NR) Not Ready (NR)

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

SRDF Logical Volume Attributes


This section describes attributes that can be assigned to each SRDF logical volume. A source (R1) or target (R2) volume can have one or more attributes assigned to it.

Source (R1) Volume Attributes


SYNC

This section describes attributes that can be assigned to the source (R1) volumes in a Symmetrix unit. These attributes are set at the logical volume level. This attribute sets the remotely mirrored pair to the synchronous state. In this state, the Symmetrix unit informs the host with access to that volume that an I/O sequence has successfully completed only after the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume acknowledges that it has received and checked the data. This state ensures full synchronization between the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes prior to the start of an I/O sequence.

SEMI-SYNC

C M E

This attribute sets the remotely mirrored pair to the semi-synchronous state. In this state, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume informs the host of successful completion of the I/O operation when it receives the data. The RLD transfers each write to the target (R2) volume as the link path becomes available. The Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume checks and acknowledges receipt of each write. If a new write is started for a source (R1) volume before the previous write has completed to the target (R2) volume, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume temporarily disconnects from the host until the previous write operation is completed and acknowledged from the other Symmetrix unit and then reconnects to the host and continues processing. This state is typically used in Extended Distance configurations to minimize the impact on performance. It is also used in situations where the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume needs high performance but can tolerate a one I/O gap in data synchronization.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Adaptive Copy - Write Pending (AW)

This attribute, when set, affects the synchronized state of the remotely mirrored pair. When this attribute is enabled, Symmetrix acknowledges all writes to the source (R1) volume as if it was a local volume. The new data accumulates in cache until it is successfully written to the source (R1) volume and the RLD has transferred the write to the target (R2) volume. This attribute also has a
SRDF Logical Volume Attributes
3-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
user-configurable skew (write pending) threshold, that when exceeded, causes the remotely mirrored pair to operate in the pre-determined SRDF state (synchronous or semi-synchronous) when this mode is in effect. As soon as the number of write pendings drops below this value, the remotely mirrored pair reverts back to the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending (AW) state. The skew value is configured at the volume level and may be set to a value between 1 and 65,535. Adaptive Copy - Disk (AD) This attribute when set, affects the synchronized state of the remotely mirrored pair. When this attribute is enabled, Symmetrix acknowledges all writes to source (R1) volumes as if they were local volumes. New data accumulates as invalid tracks on the source (R1) volume for subsequent transfer to the target (R2) volume. The RLD transfers each write to the target (R2) volume whenever a link path becomes available. This attribute also has a user-configurable skew (maximum number of invalid tracks threshold), that when exceeded, causes the remotely mirrored volume to operate in the pre-determined SRDF state (synchronous or semi-synchronous) when this mode is in effect. As soon as the number of invalid tracks drops for a volume below this value, the remotely mirrored pair reverts back to the Adaptive Copy-Disk mode. This attribute, when set along with the SYNC attribute, ensures that the data on the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes are fully synchronized. When this attribute is enabled, Symmetrix will force the other SRDF (source (R1) or target (R2)) volume to not ready and respond intervention required/unit not ready to the host whenever it detects one volume in a remotely mirrored pair is unavailable or a link failure has occurred. After the problem has been corrected, the not ready volume must be made RDF ready again to the host. If the failed volume or link is still not available when the SRDF volume is made ready, the volume remains not ready. The domino attribute is not enabled in a TPF environment.

Domino Attribute

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Under normal operating conditions (domino attribute not enabled), a remotely mirrored volume will continue processing I/Os with its host even when an SRDF volume or link failure occurs. New data written to the source (R1) or target (R2) volume while its pair is unavailable or link paths are out of service are marked for later transfer. When a link path is reestablished or the volume becomes available, resynchronization begins between the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. Each source (R1) volume notifies the host when synchronization completes on that volume.

3-10

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Operational Modes
All SRDF operations are managed at a logical volume level. Five operational modes are possible on SRDF logical volumes:

Synchronous mode Semi-synchronous mode Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode Adaptive Copy - Disk mode Synchronous mode

These operational modes only affect those Symmetrix volumes that are remotely mirrored. I/O operations with local volumes occur as if they are in a non-SRDF environment as no updates are required to volumes at a different physical location. There is a preferred mode of operation for each SRDF solution. These operational modes are selectable based on the performance, distance, and speed of recovery requirements. These SRDF modes of operation are set at the source (R1) volume during Symmetrix configuration. All source (R1) volumes are configured for either the synchronous or semi-synchronous mode. These two modes are considered to be pre-determined SRDF modes. In addition, the source (R1) volumes (all, individual, or a range) may also be configured for the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending or Adaptive Copy-Disk mode. Each Adaptive Copy volume also has a skew parameter associated with it. In the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode, this skew parameter is the maximum write pending threshold. In the Adaptive Copy-Disk mode, this skew parameter is the maximum invalid tracks threshold. This skew value may be set to the same value for all Adaptive Copy volumes or be a different value for each Adaptive Copy volume.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

The Adaptive Copy mode and its skew value may be enabled (or disabled) for individual remotely mirrored pairs or all remotely mirrored pairs using SRDF commands. An IML of a Symmetrix unit retains all SRDF parameter values set during its configuration or changed using the Symmetrix service processor commands with the exception of the Adaptive Copy mode (either mode) and the skew parameter value for that mode. These parameters revert to the values set during configuration upon a Symmetrix IML.

Operational Modes

3-11

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
Synchronous Mode
The synchronous mode is used primarily in SRDF Campus Solutions. In this operational mode, Symmetrix maintains a real-time mirror image of the data on remotely mirrored volumes on a volume level. Data on the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes are always fully synchronized at the completion of an I/O sequence. In normal operation, this mode will have an impact on write performance to source (R1) volumes. This performance impact is due to overhead associated with remote data transfer, fiber latency, and acknowledgment of the synchronous operation. The Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume informs the host that an I/O sequence has successfully completed only after the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume acknowledges that it has received and checked the data. That is, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume disconnects from the channel and informs the host of successful completion of the I/O operation only after the SRDF feature determines that the data resides in cache in both Symmetrix units. If a problem occurs with data synchronization, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume sends a Unit Check with the appropriate sense bytes to the host. This causes the host to retry the I/O operation. These actions maintain data integrity and ensure that two copies of the data exist real-time in both systems before the I/O completes.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-12

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Figure 3-2

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Synchronous Mode

When the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume has valid data in cache destined for a target (R2) volume, the Remote Link Director (RLD) transfers data to the cache in the Symmetrix unit housing the target (R2) volume via its link path. This data transfer occurs while the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume continues to process I/O commands. If the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume does not receive acknowledgment of a successful transfer from the other Symmetrix unit within its timeout period or another failure occurs that prevents the data transfer, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume sends a Unit Check with the appropriate sense bytes to the host.

Operational Modes

3-13

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
Semi-Synchronous Mode
The semi-synchronous mode is used primarily in SRDF Extended Distance Solutions. In this operational mode, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume maintains a semi-synchronous mirror image of its data in the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume on a volume level. Data on remotely mirrored volumes are always synchronized between the source (R1) and the target (R2) prior to initiating the next write operation to these volumes. This mode of operation is designed for situations where high performance is needed at the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume and can tolerate a gap of up to one I/O (worst case) in data synchronization. The Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume informs the host of successful completion after each write operation. When the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume has valid data in cache destined for a target (R2) volume, the RLD transfers data to the cache in the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume via an available link path. This data transfer occurs while the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume continues to perform additional commands. If the host issues a new write operation for a source (R1) volume with a write pending status, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume disconnects from the host channel. The Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume then starts another I/O operation on another channel. When the write pending status is cleared (write completed and acknowledged and checked from the target (R2) volume), the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume reconnects to the channel and continues processing the write operation on the channel from which it disconnected. This operational mode keeps the data in the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume at most one I/O behind the data in the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume while minimizing the impact on local application performance. Figure 3-3 illustrates this sequence of operations.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Although write operations can be held up due to synchronization between source (R1) and target (R2) volumes, read operations continue uninterrupted.

3-14

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Figure 3-3

Semi-synchronous Mode

C M E

If the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume does not get acknowledgment of a successful transfer from the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume within its timeout period or another failure occurs that prevents the data transfer, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume marks that data as non-valid for the target (R2) volume. Symmetrix will copy that data to the target (R2) volume as a background operation to reestablish synchronization of the remotely mirrored pair.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Operational Modes

3-15

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
Adaptive Copy-Write Pending (AW)
EMC offers an additional level of SRDF operation, the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode. The Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode transfers data from the source (R1) volume to the target (R2) volume and does not wait for receipt acknowledgment or synchronization to occur. This mode is ideal for situations when a large amount of data must be transferred to remote devices and performance must not be compromised at the local site; or, for situations where it is not necessary for remotely mirrored volumes to be synchronized at all times. This operational mode keeps the data in the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume as current to the data in the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume as possible. This mode is designed to have little or no impact on performance between the host and the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume and offers protection against loss of data in the unlikely event that a source (R1) or target (R2) volume fails or all link paths are lost. In this mode, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume informs the host of successful completion after each write. When the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume has valid data in cache for a remotely mirrored pair, it destages that data to the source (R1) volume and the RLD transfers data to the cache in the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume via its link path. This data transfer occurs while the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume continues to process I/O commands. All writes for remotely mirrored pairs accumulate in the cache of the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume as write pendings until the data can be successfully written to both volumes.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Should a problem arise with data transfer to the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume or the Symmetrix unit is unable to write the data to the source (R1) volume, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume retains that data in its cache until the problem can be corrected and the data is successfully written to both the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. The Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode has a user-configurable skew parameter (maximum allowable write pendings) for each source (R1) volume configured for this mode. This parameter value, when exceeded, causes Symmetrix to switch to the pre-determined SRDF mode (synchronous or semi-synchronous) for that remotely mirrored pair. When the number of write pending operations for a target (R2) volume drops below the skew value, Symmetrix

3-16

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

switches back to the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode for that remotely mirrored pair. The skew value may range from 1 to 65,535. The default value for this parameter for each remotely mirrored pair is 65,535 (maximum value). This mode can be enabled/disabled for one remotely mirrored pair, all remotely mirrored pairs, or a range of remotely mirrored pairs during Symmetrix configuration or using SRDF commands. When this mode is disabled, the remotely mirrored pairs operate in the pre-determined SRDF state (synchronous or semi-synchronous, whatever was configured for that pair). Examples The Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode is designed to:

Transfer large amounts of data with minimal impact on performance Allow remotely mirrored volumes to drift out of synchronization for higher performance, but stay within a pre-determined number of write pendings

with protection against data loss.

The following describes these two methods of use. Example 1

Example 2

C M E

This mode of operation is convenient in situations where the write activity caused by heavy batch loads or data reorganization can severely impact performance due to the Symmetrix units maintaining a full synchronous state. In these cases, set the Skew parameter to its default value (65,535). Enable the Adaptive Copy mode for all remotely mirrored pairs. Data transfers begin between the SRDF units.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

In many systems, it is not necessary that all volumes be fully synchronized. In this example, SRDF volumes requiring synchronization are configured for synchronous or semi-synchronous operation. Those SRDF volumes that do not require full synchronization are configured for the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode (AW) and a low skew value (i.e., 100). When data transfers begin, an AW remotely mirrored pair operates in the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode until bursts of high write activity cause the number of write pending operations to exceed 100. Symmetrix then forces the AW remotely mirrored pair to the pre-determined SRDF mode. When the number of write pending operations for the target (R2) volume drops below the skew value, that AW remotely mirrored pair returns to the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode. Any new writes for these pairs accumulate in cache as write

Operational Modes

3-17

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
pendings. Synchronization will occur when the pair switches to the pre-determined SRDF mode. Disabling Adaptive Copy When the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume(s) receives a command to disable the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode, it does not go to the pre-determined SRDF mode immediately. The remotely mirrored pairs with write pendings (skew 0) continue to work in the Adaptive Copy mode until all writes have been transferred to the respective target (R2) volumes. These remotely mirrored pairs then switch to the pre-determined SRDF mode (synchronous or semi-synchronous). Should a source (R1) volume fail, Symmetrix temporarily suspends the Adaptive Copy state (if enabled), destages all write pendings for the target (R2) volume at the highest priority, and continues I/O operations with the target (R2) volume. When the source (R1) volume is replaced, Symmetrix resynchronizes the remotely mirrored pair and reenables Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode. No data is lost as the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume retains the data in its cache until it can destage the data to the source (R1) volume. Should a target (R2) volume fail, Symmetrix marks all pending writes and any new data as invalid tracks in the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume until the target (R2) volume can be replaced. When the defective device is replaced, Symmetrix resynchronizes the remotely mirrored pair and reenables the Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode.

Error Conditions

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Should the link paths fail between the Symmetrix units, all data for the target (R2) volume(s) accumulates as invalid tracks in the cache of the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume(s).

3-18

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Adaptive Copy-Disk Mode (AD)

EMC offers a second type of Adaptive Copy operation, the Adaptive Copy-Disk mode. The Adaptive Copy-Disk mode transfers data from the source (R1) volume to the target (R2) volume and does not wait for receipt acknowledgment and synchronization to occur. This mode is ideal for situations when a large amount of data must be transferred to remote devices and performance must not be compromised. This mode is intended to be a temporary SRDF operating state and has little impact on performance between the host and the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume. This operational mode keeps the data in the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume as current to the data in the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume as possible. This mode of operation is designed for situations requiring the transfer of large amounts of data without loss of performance. Because Symmetrix cannot fully guard against data loss should a failure occur, EMC recommends using this mode temporarily to transfer the bulk of your data to target (R2) volumes and then switch to a full SRDF mode (synchronous or semi-synchronous) or Adaptive Copy-Write Pending mode (if you can tolerate some lack of synchronization between the remotely mirrored pairs) to ensure full data protection. In this mode, the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume acknowledges all writes to source (R1) volumes as if they were local volumes. Symmetrix accumulates the new data on the source (R1) volume marking it as invalid tracks for the target (R2) volume. Synchronization of the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes is reported to the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume only. This mode can be enabled/disabled for one remotely mirrored volume pair, all remotely mirrored volumes, or a range of remotely mirrored volumes using commands entered at the Symmetrix service processor at the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume. When this mode is disabled, the Symmetrix units operate in the pre-determined SRDF state (synchronous or semi-synchronous, whatever was configured during Symmetrix installation).
This mode can also be enabled/disabled by entering SRDF Controls for TPF commands.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

This mode of operation has a user-configurable skew parameter (maximum invalid tracks), that, when its value is exceeded for a
Operational Modes
3-19

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
remotely mirrored pair, causes Symmetrix to switch to the pre-determined SRDF mode. (That is, all write operations between the remotely mirrored volumes are fully synchronized.) When the number of invalid tracks for a target (R2) volume goes below the specified value, Symmetrix switches back to the Adaptive Copy-Disk mode for that volume pair. The skew value may range from 1 to 65,535. The default value for this parameter for each remotely mirrored pair is 65,535. The default value for this parameter is the maximum skew value at that microcode level. Examples The Adaptive Copy-Disk mode is designed to migrate large amounts of data from one Symmetrix unit to another. The following example describes the migration mode of use. This mode of operation is convenient in situations where it is necessary to either migrate a data center from one location to another or create a mirror image of the data in a separate location without a disruption in operation. The write activity caused by the movement of large amounts of data can severely impact performance, particularly if Symmetrix is configured for either the synchronous or semi-synchronous mode. In this example, the large data transfer is only a temporary condition. In this case, set the Skew parameter to its default value (65,535 or 999,999 depending on your microcode revision level). Enable the Adaptive Copy mode for all remotely mirrored pairs. Data transfers begin between the SRDF units.

Example

C M E
Error Conditions

When the data migration or data copy operation has completed (or is near completion), switch to the synchronous, semi-synchronous, or Adaptive Copy-Write Pending SRDF mode, depending on the degree of synchronization needed between the remotely mirrored pairs. Should a source (R1) volume fail, all data not already written to the target (R2) volume is lost. When the source (R1) volume is replaced, Symmetrix resynchronizes the remotely mirrored pair and reenables the Adaptive Copy-Disk mode. Should a target (R2) volume fail, Symmetrix marks all pending writes and any new data as invalid tracks in the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R1) volume until the target (R2) volume can be replaced. When the defective device is replaced, Symmetrix resynchronizes the remotely mirrored pair and reenables the Adaptive Copy-Disk mode. Should the link paths fail between the Symmetrix units, all data for the target (R2) volume(s) accumulates as invalid tracks on the R1.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-20

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Asynchronous Mode

The main premise of asynchronous mode is to provide a consistent point-in-time image on the R2 side, which is not too far behind the R1 side, resulting in minimal data loss in the event of a disaster at the primary site. For customers that choose this lower level of protection, asynchronous mode (known as SRDF/A) provides:

A consistent point-in-time image on the secondary devices at all times. Support for all existing SRDF topologies (ESCON, FarPoint, point-to-point, and switched fabric Fibre Channel, GigE). No additional external hardware requirements. Ability to work at any distance without adding response time to the R1 side host. Support for any host (MF, OS) and any data type recognized by Symmetrix (FBA, CKD, AS400, and so forth). Low impact on back end (DA) directors. High performance (response time equivalent to writing to non-SRDF devices). Ability to read data from the R2 side to the R1 side (for example, all mirrors fail on the R1 side), or to read the R2 device from a host at the R2 side while SRDF/A is inactive.

C M E

To achieve these goals, the following new elements are made available with the Enginuity microcode: A new mode for SRDF devices, asynchronous mode. A new mode of Virtual Devices (VDEVs) called a Cache Only Virtual Device (COVD, pronounced co-vee-dee). There are two COVDs required in the secondary Symmetrix for each R2 device.
This condition limits the number of SRDF/A devices per Symmetrix to approximately 2600 in Version 1.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Two data structures (linked lists) for each device on the primary and secondary to track cache slots containing updated data. A cycle number (in other words, a virtual timer) in global memory on the primary side and secondary side.

Operational Modes

3-21

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
Resuming SRDF/A Operation
Resuming SRDF/A involves planning. If you are going to use the SRDF/A target R2 disks for processing after an SRDF/A suspension caused by a DROP or PEND_DROP, you should follow the same procedures for resuming SRDF that are documented in the SRDF Controls for TPU Product Guide. Refer to Figure 3-4 and the following description for an operational overview.

R1
Active Host Write HA N Inactive N-1 Inactive N-1

R2
Active <N-2 DA

Figure 3-4

SRDF/A Mode Overview

C M E

Each representation of N (including N-x) represents a set of cache slot pointers. The N is the active cycle number on the primary (R1) side of the SRDF connection. You should consider the following: The R2 device always represents a consistent image that is true (for time N-2) The R2 side is working on building a consistent image (for time N-1) by receiving data from the primary side The R1 side is sending cycle N-1 to the R2 side The R1 side is marking all new writes as belonging to time period N (internal copy writes or host writes)

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

In referring to Figure 3-4, it is clear that SRDF/A mode does not actually order host writes. Instead, it puts the host writes into cycles or chunks that are transferred one-by-one. Only when a complete chunk is fully received on the R2 side can it be committed. In Figure 3-4, if the links are lost, partial chunk N-1 can be discarded, resulting in a consistent R2. Moreover, regular SRDF operation can be used for failback or failover without a full resynchronization.
3-22

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

This chunk method is different from traditional approaches to ordered writes (such as XRC), but it does not reduce the level of protection. If the R2 side lags the R1 side by 300 writes, it does not matter if the next 300 writes arrive in order or not. It only matters that either all or none of the 300 writes are applied to the secondary. Thus, sending writes in bunches of 300 is the same as sending the writes in order. An advantage to sending writes in chunks is that if the host writes to the same track 10 times in a given time period, SRDF/A mode sends the updates only once. This feature can have a major performance benefit as it results in more efficient link utilization and potentially lower link bandwidth requirements when compared to a traditional, ordered, write solution that must handle each update discretely. The potential cost is that if SRDF links are lost, SRDF/A can lose up to twice the size of a cycle (compared to a traditional ordered write solution). However, this potential problem is compensated somewhat by the saving in cycle size.

Ensuring Data Consistency The Dependent Write Principle

Any asynchronous, remote, application solution, whether it is host or storage controller based, must ensure that data at the remote site is always consistent to allow restarting and maintain data integrity. To achieve this objective, asynchronous replication solutions must recognize the logical dependency between write I/Os that are embedded in the I/O stream by the logic of an application, the operating system, or the database management system. This design ensures dependent write consistency, which is the basic principle behind all EMC Consistency Technology solutions (Consistency Group, Consistent Split, Consistent SNAP, and SRDF/A mode). You must understand this concept to comprehend how SRDF/A mode is able to provide consistent data at the remote site at all times.Dependent Writes A dependent write ensures that SRDF/A mode is able to guarantee data consistency. A dependent write is a write I/O that is not issued by an application until some prior write I/O has completed.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Example

Assume two write I/Os, A and B, have a relationship in the application such that I/O B is not issued until I/O A has been completed successfully. Ensuring dependent write consistency means that no failure in the remote replication infrastructure can create the condition where I/O B has been replicated to the remote site, but I/O

Operational Modes

3-23

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
A has not been replicated. Such a missing sequence condition would destroy the integrity of the data at the remote site. There are several methods to ensure that this condition does not occur, and that consistency is preserved at the remote site:

Ordering write I/Os based on timestamps Ordering write I/Os based on sequence numbers Honoring dependent writes

SRDF/A mode preserves dependent write consistency by honoring the dependent write relationships imbedded in the I/O stream by the application. This design makes it an implicitly enterprise wide, heterogeneous host solution. You must recognize that the relationship between I/Os is not one of timing, but one of logic. By respecting the logical relationships between I/Os, there is no need for any type of references such as timestamps or sequence numbers to create consistency. The Symmetrix does not understand which specific I/Os it receives that have dependent relationships. Therefore, the Symmetrix assumes that any I/O B, arriving after another I/O A, has been acknowledged as complete to the host, must be dependent on I/O A. Symmetrix must ensure that A and B are either in the same cycle (or chunk) or that B is in a cycle that is processed to the remote side after the cycle is processed that contains I/O A.

C M E
Concurrent RDF

It is these cycles of I/Os, rather than the I/Os themselves, that are being ordered by SRDF/A mode. The key to preserving the data consistency within SRDF/A mode is to ensure that dependent write relationships are honored during the cycle switch process. The frequency of this process also determines the data lag experienced by a remote site (in other words, the amount of data that would be lost in the event of a primary site disaster).

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Enginuity 5567 and later supports the ability for a single primary volume to be remotely mirrored to two secondary volumes concurrently. This feature is called Concurrent RDF and is supported in both ESCON and Fibre Channel RDF configurations. Concurrent RDF requires that each secondary volume operate in the same primary mode, either both synchronous or both semi-synchronous, but allows either (or both) volumes to be placed into adaptive copy mode.

3-24

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Figure 3-5 shows a concurrent RDF configuration in which one secondary volume is in synchronous mode, while the other is in adaptive copy. Any combination of synchronous/semi-synchronous and adaptive copy is allowed with the exception of one volume operating in synchronous mode and the other operating in semi-synchronous mode.

Figure 3-5

Concurrent RDF Configuration

C M E
Concurrent RDF Configurations With SRDF Controls for TPF Commands

Normal operating rules for SRDF also apply to concurrent configurations. When operating in synchronous mode, ending status for an I/O is not presented until the remote Symmetrix acknowledges receipt of the I/O to the primary Symmetrix. If both secondary volumes are operating in synchronous mode, ending status is not presented until both volumes acknowledge receipt of the I/O. If one is in synchronous mode and one is in adaptive copy mode, ending status is presented to the host when the synchronous volume acknowledges receipt of the I/O. Support for concurrent RDF is provided for by the SRDF Controls for TPF Configuration commands. Configuration commands enable the user to define SRDF Groups consisting of one or more SRDF Sets. An SRDF Set contains all information needed to identify the SRDF pairs in a local and remote Symmetrix. This section provides a brief explanation and basic examples of how a concurrent RDF configuration is defined to SRDF Controls for TPF. The following steps are involved in configuring SRDF protection:

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Operational Modes

3-25

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
Currently, these steps are only performed by EMC personnel.

1. RDF Groups are defined. 2. Devices are assigned to RDF Groups. 3. RDF Groups are pointed to the remote Symmetrix and RDF Groups.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-26

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Consider the example shown in Figure 3-6.

R2 of R1 A100 symdev# 0100 R2 of R1 A101 symdev# 0101 R2 of R1 A102 symdev# 0102 R1 A101 R1 A101 RA0 RDF Group definition: ragroup2[0100,0101,0102] Symmetrix...22222 RA1

RA2 R1 A100 R1 A100

R1 A102 R1 A102 RDF Group definition: ragroup0[A100,A101,A102] ragroup1[A100,A101,A102] Symmetrix...11111

RA3

Figure 3-6

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

R2 of R1 A100 symdev# 0100

R2 of R1 A101 symdev# 0101 R2 of R1 A102 symdev# 0102

RDF Group definition: ragroup3[0100,0101,0102]

Symmetrix...33333

Concurrent RDF Configuration Example

This example consists of the following: RDF Group ragroup0 in Symmetrix 11111 points to RDF Group ragroup02 in Symmetrix 22222. RDF Group ragroup1 in Symmetrix 11111 points to RDF Group ragroup03 in Symmetrix 33333. RDF Group ragroup0 contains source (R1) devices A100-A102, ragroup02 contains target (R2) devices 0100-0101, and ragroup03 contains target (R2) devices 0100-102.

Operational Modes

3-27

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
This configuration may be defined to SRDF Controls for TPF as two SRDF Groups, DRCOPY and TESTCOPY, each containing one SRDF Set describing one of the two concurrent RDF pairs. The configuration commands required to define this configuration to SRDF Controls for TPF follow:
ZURDF CON OPEN GRO-DRCOPY ZURDF CON ADD GRO-DRCOPY SET-RAG0RAG2 SDA-A100 MHL1-00 ZURDF CON CLOS GRO-DRCOPY

Where SDA-A100 designates the operations device, to which SRDF operations will be issued to control the SRDF pairs in SRDF Set RAG0RAG2. SRDF Set RAG0RAG2 designates local Symmetrix 11111 and remote Symmetrix 22222. MHL1-00 designates the RDF Group communications path ragroup0 to the remote Symmetrix 22222 for the SRDF pair defined by SRDF Set RAG0RAG2. The RDF Group ragroup2 in the remote Symmetrix 22222 is determined during discovery of the local and remote Symmetrix for SRDF Set RAG0RAG2.
ZURDF CON OPEN GRO-TESTCOPY ZURDF CON ADD GRO-TESTCOPY SET-RAG1RAG3 SDA-A101 MHL-01 ZURDF CON CLOS GRO-TESTCOPY

C M E

Where SDA-A101 designates the operations device, to which SRDF operations will be issued to control the SRDF pairs in SRDF Set RAG1RAG3. SRDF Set RAG1RAG3 designates local Symmetrix 11111 and remote Symmetrix 33333. MHL1-01 designates the RDF Group communications path ragroup1 to the remote Symmetrix 33333 for the SRDF pair defined by SRDF Set RAG1RAG3. The RDF Group ragroup3 in the remote Symmetrix is determined during discovery of the local and remote Symmetrix for SRDF Set RAG1RAG3.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

In a multi-hop configuration, the multi-hop list parameters MHL1, MHL2, MHL3, and MHL4 are used to describe the RDF Group path to the local Symmetrix of the SRDF pair.

3-28

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Consider the example shown in Figure 3-7.

R2 of R1 A100 symdev# 0100 R2 of R1 A101 symdev# 0101 R1 A100 RA2 R2 of R1 A102 symdev# 0102 RA0 RDF Group definition: ragroup2[0100,0101,0102]

R1 A101

R1 A102 Symmetrix...22222 RDF Group definition: ragroup0[A100,A101,A102] ragroup1[A100,A101,A102] Symmetrix...11111 RA1

RA3

C M E
Figure 3-7

N O C

N E FID
Symmetrix...33333

L A TI
RA4

R2 of R1 A100 symdev# 0100

R2 of R1 A101 symdev# 0101 R2 of R1 A102 symdev# 0102

RDF Group definition: ragroup3[0100,0101,0102] ragroup4[0110]

RA5 ragroup5[0200,0201,0202] Symmetrix...99999

Multi-hop Configuration Example

This example consists of the following: The target (R2) devices for TPF modules A100-A102 exist in Symmetrix 22222 in ragroup2. The concurrent target (R2) devices exist in Symmetrix 33333. Symmetrix 99999 is one hop away with the communication path passing through Symmetrix 33333. RDF Group ragroup4 points to Symmetrix 99999

Operational Modes

3-29

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
The MHL1 multi-hop list value specifies the first two RDF Groups used to reach the target (R2) devices. For example:
ZURDF CON OPEN GRO-ONEHOP ZURDF CON ADD GRO-ONEHOP SET-MHL0104 SDA-A101 MHL1-01.04 ZURDF CON CLOS GRO-ONEHOP

Where SDA-A101 designates the operations device, to which SRDF operations will be issued to control the SRDF pairs in SRDF Set MHL0104. SRDF Set MHL0104 designates local Symmetrix 33333 and remote Symmetrix 99999. MHL1-01.04 designates the RDF Group communications path ragroup1 to ragroup4 to the remote Symmetrix 99999 in the SRDF pair defined by SRDF Set MHL0104. The RDF Group ragroup5 in the remote Symmetrix 99999 is determined during discovery of the local and remote Symmetrix for SRDF Set MHL0104.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-30

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Switched SRDF Configurations

The support for switched SRDF configuration using fibre channel RDF requires zoning of SRDF on the fabric.
EMC recommends having a World Wide Name (WWN) zone for each SRDF configuration. The zone should only include the WWN of Fibre Adaptor (RF) ports used.

For example, in Figure 3-8, Symmetrix 11111 is configured with concurrent SRDF relationships to target (R2) devices in Symmetrix 22222 and 33333. FAPort01, FAPort02, and FAPort03 are used to connect the Symmetrix through the Switch.

RF1 FAPort02

R2 of R1 A100 symdev# 0100 R2 of R1 A101 symdev# 0101 R2 of R1 A102 symdev# 0102

R1 A100 Switch R1 A101 RF1 FAPort01 R1 A102 RDF Group definition: ragroup0[A100,A101,A102] ragroup1[A100,A101,A102]

C M E

Symmetrix...11111

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

RDF Group definition: ragroup2[0100,0101,0102]

Symmetrix...22222

R2 of R1 A100 symdev# 0100 RF1 FAPort03 R2 of R1 A102 symdev# 0102 RDF Group definition: ragroup3[0100,0101,0102] Symmetrix...33333 R2 of R1 A101 symdev# 0101

Figure 3-8

Switched SRDF Configuration

In this case, the SRDF zone should include WWN of FAport1, FAport2 and FAport3.

Operational Modes

3-31

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
For a complete discussion of fabric zones and switch configuration, refer to the EMC ESN Manager Product Guide and its related documentation.

Dynamic SRDF

Enginuity level 5568 supports the SRDF capability to dynamically change SRDF device pairings, thus providing more options and flexibility in user applications. Devices configured with the SRDF Dynamic attribute can be operated on with the SRDF Controls for TPF commands: CRTpair, DELpair, and SWApair. Possible configurations are governed by Symmetrix SRDF connectivity and RDFGroup relationship definitions. CRTpair establishes a new SRDF relationship between devices with the dynamic SRDF attribute. SWApair exchanges the personalities of existing dynamic source (R1) and target (R2) relationships. Both CRTpair and SWApair allow for input parameters to determine the states of the R1 and R2 after the operation is complete. DELpair removes the relationship between existing dynamic source (R1) and target (R2).

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-32

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Additional SRDF Functions


SRDF offers the following additional function.

Target (R2) Volume Read/Write Protection

The target (R2) volume read/write protection feature prevents the source (R1) volume from sending writes to the target (R2) volume over the links while the target (R2) volume is write-enabled. This situation may occur if the Symmetrix unit containing the source (R2) volume is brought online before the application running on the host attached to the Symmetrix unit containing the target (R2) volume is halted and the target (R2) volume made read-only and optionally not-ready. Any new data written to the source (R1) volumes while the target (R2) volumes are write-enabled will accumulate as invalid tracks on the source (R1) volumes. When the target (R2) volumes are brought to a read-only state, data resynchronization begins between the remotely mirrored pairs.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Additional SRDF Functions

3-33

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

Monitoring SRDF Operations


The SRDF Monitor determines the status of each SRDF device (or link) in the Set(s) in the SRDF Group being operated on by an SRDF operation, and displays the SRDF device status summary for each local or remote Symmetrix unit in each Set in the SRDF Group. The status summary identifies the number of SRDF devices (or links) per local or remote Symmetrix unit in the Set for which the requested operation has completed, is in progress, or was not started. Use the available SRDF displays to identify any specific SRDF devices (or links) for which the requested operation could not be started. (For more information, refer to ZURDF DELpair on page 4-70.) You can then use the SRDF range command(s) to initiate the SRDF operation(s) necessary to put the SRDF devices (or links) in the desired state. Range commands may be entered while the SRDF Monitor is active. Complex wide SRDF operations may not be issued while the SRDF Monitor is active. You can reset the monitor if you determine that an SRDF operation other than the current operation is necessary.
For more information on resetting the SRDF Monitor, refer to ZURDF RESET on page 4-129.

C M E

The SRDF Monitor is initiated by the SRDF Scheduler following completion of all command processes. The SRDF Scheduler delays initiation of the SRDF Monitor by a user-defined delay value (the default is 3 seconds). The SRDF Monitor re-initiates itself at a user defined interval (the default is 3 minutes) until the requested SRDF operation has completed for the specified Set(s) in the SRDF Group.
For more information, refer to ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL on page 4-67.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3-34

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

VM Gatekeeper Support
VM gatekeeper support allows the user to specify the SRDF operations device for each Set (to be) configured to EMC SRDF Controls for TPF. In order to run EMC SRDF Controls for TPF on a TPF system running under VM, EMC SRDF Controls for TPF requires that all devices to which EMC SymmAPI I/O operations will be issued, be defined as unsupported device types to VM. When running TPF in native mode, or under VM with all devices defined as unsupported to VM, EMC SRDF Controls issues at least one EMC SymmAPI I/O operation to each online module in the TPF complex during SRDF Control Record Refresh. (For more information, refer to ZURDF CTLRCD on page 4-63.) All EMC SymmAPI I/O operations following SRDF configuration are directed to the SRDF operations SDA for each Set.
For information on determining the operations SDA for each set, refer to ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-97.

When running TPF in native mode, or under VM with all devices defined as unsupported to VM, VM requires the following patches:

add status modifier=yes for channel command x27 allow IPL of an unsupported device by a secondary CP

C M E

SRDF Controls for TPF also allows you to define a gatekeeper device per logical subsystem after SRDF configuration.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

For more information, refer to ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG on page 4-65.

When a gatekeeper is defined for a Set, EMC SRDF Controls for TPF issues all EMC SymmAPI I/O operations for that logical subsystem to the gatekeeper device. This gatekeeper device can be an online TPF module or mounted as a general file. The same SRDF gatekeeper device can be used for any Set in any SRDF Group, provided the SDA designates a locally attached Symmetrix unit, configured with the first RA Group specified in the Sets multi-hop list. Defining a single gatekeeper for multiple sets, however, has one significant consequence. The MDBF SS and SDA will be displayed as

VM Gatekeeper Support

3-35

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp3.fm


SRDF Operations

3
N/A and 0000, respectively, for devices that are online, and not addressable on the same channel path as the Gatekeeper device. To avoid this, it is recommended that you use a STD device in each logical subsystem as the gatekeeper for that logical subsystem, or avoid the use of a gatekeeper altogether by defining all modules as unsupported to VM. When running SRDF Controls for TPF with gatekeeper devices defined as unsupported to VM, VM requires the following patch:

add status modifier=yes for channel command x27

When running SRDF Controls for TPF with gatekeeper devices defined as unsupported to VM and one of the gatekeeper devices is a TPF IPL module, VM also requires the following patch:

allow IPL of an unsupported device by a secondary CP

To enable all possible modes of operation of SRDF Controls for TPF under VM, it is recommended that both patches be applied to VM. For patch source, consult with your EMC representative. If possible, it is recommended that ALL TPF devices be defined as unsupported to VM, when running EMC SRDF Controls for TPF on a TPF system running under VM, because the solution is the least complex and the easiest to maintain. The following CP commands define an address range as unsupported devices to VM:

C M E

VARY OFF ccud-ccud SET RDEV ccud-ccud CLEAR SET RDEV ccud-ccud TY UNSUP DEVCL DASD DPS YES VARY ON ccud-ccud

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

The following CP commands redefine an unsupported address range as supported DASD devices to VM: VARY OFF ccud-ccud SET RDEV ccud-ccud CLEAR SET RDEV ccud-ccud TY DASD VARY ON ccud-ccud

3-36

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

437
SRDF Commands

This chapter provides a description of the SRDF commands.


For all the commands in this chapter, the parameter dddd refers to a decimal number and the parameter hhhh refers to a hexadecimal number.

C M E

ZURDF Help .......................................................................................4-3 ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx ..............................................................4-5 ZURDF ASYNC..................................................................................4-8 ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD ..........................................4-31 ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove....................................................4-34 ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete ...............................................4-37 ZURDF CONfig DISplay ................................................................4-41 ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD ...............................................4-47 ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse ......................................................4-51 ZURDF CONfig REName...............................................................4-53 ZURDF CONfig VERify ..................................................................4-54 ZURDF CRTpair...............................................................................4-57 ZURDF CTLRCD .............................................................................4-63 ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG....................................4-65 ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL .................................................4-67 ZURDF DEFine PARm-STL............................................................4-68 ZURDF DEFine PARm-SYN...........................................................4-69 ZURDF DELpair...............................................................................4-70 ZURDF DISplay ...............................................................................4-79 ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD ..............................................................4-97 ZURDF DISplay STAtus................................................................4-102 ZURDF INItialize CLEar...............................................................4-104 ZURDF INValidate.........................................................................4-105 ZURDF LINk .................................................................................. 4-111

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Commands

4-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF MIGRATE ......................................................................... 4-114 ZURDF MODe................................................................................ 4-116 ZURDF RDY|NRDy ..................................................................... 4-118 ZURDF REFresh............................................................................. 4-123 ZURDF RESET ............................................................................... 4-129 ZURDF RESTART .......................................................................... 4-130 ZURDF RFRresume ....................................................................... 4-133 ZURDF SUSpend|RESume.......................................................... 4-140 ZURDF SWAPAIR ......................................................................... 4-147 ZURDF SYNchd............................................................................. 4-153 ZURDF TARget .............................................................................. 4-157 ZURDF VALidate........................................................................... 4-160 ZURDF WRIteenable..................................................................... 4-167 SRDF Commands Summary ........................................................ 4-172

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF Help
This functional command is used to display the valid ZURDF commands. Requirements and Restrictions Format Additional Information Examples
Action User System Display basic help. ZURDF HELP

None.
ZURDF Help [Operation]

Individual command syntax is available by specifying the operation parameter.

CSMP0097I 04.33.08 CPU-B SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0999I Valid SRDF Operations are: ADMax CRTpair INValidate RDY SYNchd ASYNC DEFine LINk REFresh TARget AWMax DELpair MIGRATE RFRresume VALidate CONfig DISplay MODe SUSpend WRIteenable CTLRCD INItialize NRDy SWApair

C M E
Action User System

For details enter: ZURDF Help OPERATION For version enter: ZURDF Help VERsion

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Display the SRDF Controls software release version. ZURDF H VER

CSMP0097I 01.39.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0977I SRDF Version:0005 Modification:0002 Revision: 0000

ZURDF Help

4-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display the syntax of the INValidate command. ZURDF H INV

CSMP0097I 01.39.42 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0982I Invalidate all tracks of SRDF partner device for an SRDF Group, Range, or one device ZURDF INValidate [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] LOCal Local Symmetrix of the Set REMote Remote Symmetrix of the Set GROupOperate on Symmetrix in SRDF Group cccccccc SETOperate on the Symmetrix designated by Set cccccccc SDN-hhhh Starting hex Symmetrix device number CNT-dddd Decimal number of devices

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx
This functional command is used to alter the allowed invalid or write pending tracks for devices in Adaptive Copy mode. Requirements and Restrictions The devices to which this SRDF operation is directed must be source (R1) devices in one of the adaptive copy modes. When the invalid or write pending tracks for the device reaches this value the device is automatically switched into the default operational mode (synchronous or semi-synchronous) until the invalid or write pending tracks falls below this value.

Format
ZURDF ADMax|AWMax [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] SKEw-dddddd

Parameters
ADMax AWMax LOCal REMote

Adaptive copy disk mode maximum.

Adaptive copy write pending mode maximum.

A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit in an RDF pair nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit.

GROup-cccccccc

C M E
SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

SET-cccccccc

N O C

The Symmetrix unit in an RDF pair furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number.

N E FID

L A TI

Number of Symmetrix devices. The maximum allowable write pending or invalid tracks.

SKEw-dddddd

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help ADMax|AWMax

ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx

4-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action Display 8 SRDF R1 devices in adaptive copy mode beginning with Symmetrix device number D8 in the remote Symmetrix unit of Set RAG6 of SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG6 SDN-D8 CNT-8 TYP-ADC

User System

CSMP0097I 01.56.12 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 CSMP0097I 01.59.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0001I RDF Device ADCOPY Display MDBF Symb This Othr ADC Curnt SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev Mode Skew N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF AD 0 End of Display Action User

CSMP0097I 02.02.31 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.02.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG6 URDF1045I Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG6 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.02.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Admax for Set RAG6 CSMP0097I 02.02.38 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Admax for Set RAG6 CSMP0097I 02.02.41 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1033I SRDF Range Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Admax active Start Time : 02.02.35 Date : 06/11/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG6 000184505047 3600 3 0 0 0000 End of Display
4-6

C M E
System

N O C

Alter the maximum invalid tracks allowed for devices xD8 to xDA in the remote Symmetrix unit of Set RAG6 of SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF ADM REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG6 SDN-D8 CNT-3 SKE-256

N E FID

Max Skew 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

URDF1003I SRDF Admax completed Action Display 8 SRDF R1 devices in adaptive copy mode beginning with Symmetrix device number D8 in the remote Symmetrix unit of Set RAG6 of SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG6 SDN-D8 CNT-8 TYP-ADC

User System

CSMP0097I 02.08.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0001I RDF Device ADCOPY Display MDBF Symb This Othr ADC Curnt SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev Mode Skew N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF AD 0 End of Display

Max Skew 256 256 256 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx

4-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF ASYNC
Use ZURDF ASYNC to initiate SRDF/A operations. Requirements and Restrictions
Table 4-1

Table 4-1 shows the requirements that apply to the various actions that ZURDF ASYNC can perform:
ZURDF ASYNC Requirements Requirements The SRDF/A session must not be active. All Primary devices must be ready on the link. The SRDF/A session must be active.

Action ACT

Description Activate the SRDFA session.

DEA

Wait until the end of the SRDF/A cycle, and then deactivate the SRDF/A session, but leave all devices ready on the link. The secondary side cannot be considered consistent.

DRO

Deactivate the SRDF/A session and make all source (R1) devices TNR. The primary side has R2 invalid tracks. The secondary side has R1 invalid tracks. A consistent copy is on the secondary side. Prior to re-activating the SRDF/A session, R1>R2 partial volume synchronization must be initiated using one of the procedures outlined in Chapter 5. Deactivate the SRDF/A session and make all source (R1) devices TNR. The primary side has R2 invalid tracks. The secondary side has R1 invalid tracks. A consistent copy is on the secondary side. Prior to re-activating the SRDF/A session, R1>R2 partial volume synchronization must be initiated using one of the procedures outlined in Chapter 5.

DRO

C M E

N O C

N E FID

The SRDF/A session must be active.

L A TI

The SRDF/A session must be active.

PDR

Wait until the end of the SRDF/A cycle, and then do a DROP. Primary side has R2 Invalid Tracks. Secondary side does not have R1 invalid tracks. A consistent copy is on the secondary side. Prior to re-activating SRDF/A session the source (R1) volumes on the Primary Symmetrix unit must be made ready on the link using ZURDF RFRresume on page 4-133. Turn Tolerance mode on.a Turn Tolerance mode off.

The SRDF/A session must be active

TON TOF

All Primary devices must be ready on the link All Primary devices must be ready on the link.

a. Tolerance Mode: When Tolerance mode is on, SRDF/A can be Active and the following events do not make it DROP: R2 made R/W and R1 made TNR.

4-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

The RDF pairs in the SRDF Group must be configured on an SRDF/A RDFGroup.

Format Parameters

ZURDF ASYNC GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-ACT|DEA|DRO|PDR|TON|TOF

GROup-ccccccccThe user defined SRDF group. SET-cccccccc PARm-ACT PARm-DEA PARm-DRO PARm-PDR PARm-TON PARm-TOF

The user defined Set identifying an SRDF Symmetrix pair. Activate SRDF/A. Deactivate SRDF/A pending the next cycle switch. Drop SRDF/A immediately. Drop SRDF/A pending the next cycle switch. Turn SRDF/A Tolerance on. Turn SRDF/A Tolerance off.

Additional Information

Refer to Asynchronous Mode on page 3-21.

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help ASYNC

Example 1

C M E
Action User System

This example demonstrates how to activate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. The SRDF orientation for the SRDF Group is LCLISR1.
Display the state of the RDF volumes in the primary Symmetrix unit. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-MAT

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

CSMP0097I 23.06.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk BSS 0102 3AE0 01AA 01AA 3E RW SY AR1 0 0 BSS 0103 3AE1 01AB 01AB 3E RW SY AR1 0 0 A64 0120 3AE2 01AC 01AC 3E RW SY AR1 0 0 A64 0121 3AE3 01AD 01AD 3E RW SY AR1 0 0 A64 0122 3AE4 01AE 01AE 3E RW SY AR1 0 0 A64 0123 3AE5 01AF 01AF 3E RW SY AR1 0 0 A64 0124 3AE6 01B0 01B0 3E RW SY AR1 0 0
ZURDF ASYNC
4-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
A64 0125 3AE7 A64 0126 3AE8 A64 0127 3AE9 A64 0128 3AEA A64 0129 3AEB A64 012A 3AEC A64 012B 3AED A64 012C 3AEE A64 012D 3AEF A64 012E 3AF0 A64 012F 3AF1 A64 0110 3AF2 A64 0111 3AF3 A64 0112 3AF4 A64 0113 3AF5 A64 0114 3AF6 A64 0115 3AF7 A64 0116 3AF8 A64 0117 3AF9 A64 0118 3AFA A64 0119 3AFB A64 011A 3AFC A64 011B 3AFD A64 011C 3AFE A64 011D 3AFF End of Display 01B1 01B2 01B3 01B4 01B5 01B6 01B7 01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 01B1 01B2 01B3 01B4 01B5 01B6 01B7 01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Action User System

CSMP0097I 23.07.49 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 01AA 01AA 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AB 01AB 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AC 01AC 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AD 01AD 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AE 01AE 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AF 01AF 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B0 01B0 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B1 01B1 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B2 01B2 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B3 01B3 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B4 01B4 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B5 01B5 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B6 01B6 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B7 01B7 3E RO RNR AR2 0 0
4-10

C M E

N O C

Display the state of the RDF volumes in the secondary Symmetrix unit.

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DIS REM GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-MAT

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 End of Display

01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9

01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9

3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E

RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO

RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR

AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Action User System

Activate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-ACT

CSMP0097I 23.19.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 23.19.29 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.19.33 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.20.23 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 23.20.23 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.20.23 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.20.25 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 23.20.23 Date : 12/19/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF ASYNC

4-11

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Action User System Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA.. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 23.21.00 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 2 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 8574 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 360 508 967 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 109 263 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:07 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

100 3E 4016 36496 Off 210 668 179

Example 2

This example demonstrates how to deactivate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA, and how to activate the SRDF/A session once it has been deactivated. The SRDF orientation for the SRDF Group is LCLISR1. Since the source (R1) devices remain ready on the link, the SRDF/A session can simply be activated without any intermediate SRDF synchronization commands.
Action User System Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 22 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 6970 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 362 101 901 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 109 904 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:07
4-12

100 3E 0 31417 Off 211 639 420

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Duration of Last Cycle Max Host Throttle Time End of Display Action User System

00:00:30 00:00:00

Deactivate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-DEA

CSMP0097I 23.55.05 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 23.55.05 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.55.08 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.55.12 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 23.55.12 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.55.12 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 23.55.14 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 23.55.12 Date : 12/19/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 0 1 0 0000 End of Display CSMP0097I 23.55.23 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 23.55.12 Date : 12/19/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS CSMP0097I 00.00.04 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display

ZURDF ASYNC

4-13

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Inactive Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 23 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 0 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent ? Tolerance HA Writes 364 817 119 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 111 027 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:04:50 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display Action User System 100 3E 0 31378 Off 213 290 995

Activate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-ACT

CSMP0097I 00.02.03 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 00.02.03 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.02.06 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.02.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 00.02.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.02.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.02.12 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 00.02.10 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Example 3

This example demonstrates how to drop an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA, and how to activate the SRDF/A session after it has been dropped. The SRDF orientation for the SRDF Group is LCLISR1. Because the drop results in the primary side having R2 invalid tracks, and the secondary side having R1 invalid tracks, one of the

4-14

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

synchronization procedures outlined in Chapter 5, SRDF Procedures must be used prior to activating the SRDF/A session.

Action User System

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 00.13.54 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 24 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 18232 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 366 858 999 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 123 627 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:15 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display Action User System

CSMP0097I 00.14.14 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 00.14.14 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.14.18 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.28.50 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 00.28.50 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.28.50 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 00.28.50 CPU-G SS-A64 SSU-SSU1 IS-01 CSMP0097I 00.28.53 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 00.28.50 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary

C M E

N O C

Drop an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA

ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-DRO

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 0 34219 Off 214 539 174

ZURDF ASYNC

4-15

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed 1 0 0 0000

Action User System

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 00.53.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Inactive Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 54 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 0 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent ? Tolerance HA Writes 369 315 834 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 136 146 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:24:42 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display Action User System

E1RG0001I RDF Device MDBF Symb This SSN Mod SDA Dev BSS 0102 3AE0 01AA BSS 0103 3AE1 01AB A64 0120 3AE2 01AC A64 0121 3AE3 01AD A64 0122 3AE4 01AE A64 0123 3AE5 01AF A64 0124 3AE6 01B0 A64 0125 3AE7 01B1 A64 0126 3AE8 01B2 A64 0127 3AE9 01B3 A64 0128 3AEA 01B4 A64 0129 3AEB 01B5 A64 012A 3AEC 01B6 A64 012B 3AED 01B7 A64 012C 3AEE 01B8

C M E

N O C

Display the state of the RDF volumes in the primary Symmetrix unit.

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 0 31881 Off 216 012 554

ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-MAT

Matrix Display Othr RA Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States 01AA 3E RW SY TNR 01AB 3E RW SY TNR 01AC 3E RW SY TNR 01AD 3E RW SY TNR 01AE 3E RW SY TNR 01AF 3E RW SY TNR 01B0 3E RW SY TNR 01B1 3E RW SY TNR 01B2 3E RW SY TNR 01B3 3E RW SY TNR 01B4 3E RW SY TNR 01B5 3E RW SY TNR 01B6 3E RW SY TNR 01B7 3E RW SY TNR 01B8 3E RW SY TNR

MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk AR1 0 32 AR1 0 41 AR1 0 5573 AR1 0 5565 AR1 0 5568 AR1 0 5566 AR1 0 5567 AR1 0 5566 AR1 0 5569 AR1 0 5564 AR1 0 5590 AR1 0 5585 AR1 0 5567 AR1 0 5566 AR1 0 5567

4-16

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

A64 012D 3AEF A64 012E 3AF0 A64 012F 3AF1 A64 0110 3AF2 A64 0111 3AF3 A64 0112 3AF4 A64 0113 3AF5 A64 0114 3AF6 A64 0115 3AF7 A64 0116 3AF8 A64 0117 3AF9 A64 0118 3AFA A64 0119 3AFB A64 011A 3AFC A64 011B 3AFD A64 011C 3AFE A64 011D 3AFF End of Display

01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9

01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9

3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E

RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW

SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY

TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR

AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

5565 5569 5564 5569 5565 556 556 556 556 556 556 556 556 556 556 556 556

Action User System

Display the state of the RDF volumes in the secondary Symmetrix unit. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-MAT

CSMP0097I 00.56.35 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 01AA 01AA 3E RO RNR AR2 5 33 N/A 0000 0000 01AB 01AB 3E RO RNR AR2 6 42 N/A 0000 0000 01AC 01AC 3E RO RNR AR2 995 5573 N/A 0000 0000 01AD 01AD 3E RO RNR AR2 1006 5565 N/A 0000 0000 01AE 01AE 3E RO RNR AR2 995 5568 N/A 0000 0000 01AF 01AF 3E RO RNR AR2 955 5567 N/A 0000 0000 01B0 01B0 3E RO RNR AR2 1007 5567 N/A 0000 0000 01B1 01B1 3E RO RNR AR2 935 5566 N/A 0000 0000 01B2 01B2 3E RO RNR AR2 915 5569 N/A 0000 0000 01B3 01B3 3E RO RNR AR2 986 5564 N/A 0000 0000 01B4 01B4 3E RO RNR AR2 980 5590 N/A 0000 0000 01B5 01B5 3E RO RNR AR2 973 5585 N/A 0000 0000 01B6 01B6 3E RO RNR AR2 1007 5568 N/A 0000 0000 01B7 01B7 3E RO RNR AR2 987 5566 N/A 0000 0000 01B8 01B8 3E RO RNR AR2 1040 5568 N/A 0000 0000 01B9 01B9 3E RO RNR AR2 961 5565 N/A 0000 0000 01BA 01BA 3E RO RNR AR2 944 5570 N/A 0000 0000 01BB 01BB 3E RO RNR AR2 973 5564 N/A 0000 0000 01BC 01BC 3E RO RNR AR2 917 5570 N/A 0000 0000 01BD 01BD 3E RO RNR AR2 995 5565 N/A 0000 0000 01BE 01BE 3E RO RNR AR2 962 5567 N/A 0000 0000 01BF 01BF 3E RO RNR AR2 984 5567

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF ASYNC

4-17

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 End of Display 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 1006 954 945 1019 981 979 966 998 1003 967 5566 5566 5568 5564 5569 5565 5568 5567 5566 5565

Action User System

Set Synchronization direction to R1>R2 for the primary Symmetrix of SRDF Group SRDFA ZURDF SYN GRO-SRDFA PAR-R1R2

CSMP0097I 01.06.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 01.06.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.06.30 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.06.33 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.06.33 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Synchdirection for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.06.33 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Synchdirection for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.06.33 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - SRDFA Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod SDA MOD SSN GKD Sync Orient. 000000006211 Local 3AE0 2000PM2 5670 3AE0 0102 BSS No R1R2 LCLISR1 000000006207 Remote 3AE0 DMX2000P 5670 3AE0 0102 BSS No Glbl End of Display

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set Synchronization direction to R1>R2 for the secondary Symmetrix of SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF SYN REM GRO-SRDFA PAR-R1R2

CSMP0097I URDF0019I CSMP0097I URDF1043I CSMP0097I

01.07.47 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control record refresh started 01.07.47 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 01.07.49 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01

4-18

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.07.53 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.07.53 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Synchdirection for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.07.53 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Synchdirection for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.07.53 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - SRDFA Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod SDA MOD SSN GKD Sync Orient. 000000006211 Local 3AE0 2000PM2 5670 3AE0 0102 BSS No R1R2 LCLISR1 000000006207 Remote 3AE0 DMX2000P 5670 3AE0 0102 BSS No R1R2 End of Display

Action User System

Cause invalid track information to be refreshed between the primary and secondary Symmetrix units in SRDF/A Group SRDFA. ZURDF REF REM GRO-SRDFA

CSMP0097I 01.16.25 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 01.16.25 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.16.27 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.16.30 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.16.30 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Refresh for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.18.06 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Refresh for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.18.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Refresh active Start Time : 01.16.30 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006207 3AE0 32 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Refresh completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Action User System

Commence synchronization of updated tracks only in SRDF/A Group SRDFA. ZURDF RFR GRO-SRDFA

ZURDF ASYNC

4-19

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
CSMP0097I 01.19.51 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 01.19.51 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.19.53 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.19.57 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.19.57 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Rfrresume for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.21.32 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Rfrresume for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.21.36 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Rfrresume active Start Time : 01.19.57 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 5 27 0 0000 End of Display CSMP0097I 01.24.36 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Rfrresume active Start Time : 01.19.57 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 32 0 0 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Rfrresume completed

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Opr RC Summary 0000

Activate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-ACT

CSMP0097I URDF0019I CSMP0097I URDF1043I CSMP0097I URDF1043I CSMP0097I URDF0024I CSMP0097I URDF1000I CSMP0097I URDF1001I CSMP0097I

01.27.02 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control record refresh started 01.27.02 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 01.27.04 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 01.27.08 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control record refresh completed 01.27.08 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 01.27.08 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 01.27.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01

4-20

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 01.27.08 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed Action User System

Opr RC Summary 0000

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 01.28.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 3 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 33624 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 369 456 802 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 136 192 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:14 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

Example 4

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 0 8341 Off 216 107 063

This example demonstrates how to Pend Drop an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA, and how to activate the SRDF/A session once it has been dropped at the next SRDF/A cycle switch. The SRDF orientation for the SRDF Group is LCLISR1. Because the Pend Drop results in the primary side having R2 invalid tracks, synchronization must be initiated using the ZURDF RESume command prior to activating the SRDF/A session.
Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

ZURDF ASYNC

4-21

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
CSMP0097I 01.37.56 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 22 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 32376 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 372 201 142 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 167 428 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:18 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

100 3E 0 46990 Off 217 888 715

Action User System

Pend Drop an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-PDR

CSMP0097I 01.39.18 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 01.39.18 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.39.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.40.59 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.40.59 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.40.59 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.40.59 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 CSMP0097I 01.41.08 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 01.40.59 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 0 1 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

CSMP0097I 01.41.09 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 01.40.59 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0

Opr RC Summary 0000

4-22

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed

Action User System

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 01.43.27 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Inactive Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 29 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 0 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent ? Tolerance HA Writes 372 817 336 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 173 875 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:02:19 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

Action User System

CSMP0097I 01.44.23 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States BSS 0102 3AE0 01AA 01AA 3E RW SY TNR BSS 0103 3AE1 01AB 01AB 3E RW SY TNR A64 0120 3AE2 01AC 01AC 3E RW SY TNR A64 0121 3AE3 01AD 01AD 3E RW SY TNR A64 0122 3AE4 01AE 01AE 3E RW SY TNR A64 0123 3AE5 01AF 01AF 3E RW SY TNR A64 0124 3AE6 01B0 01B0 3E RW SY TNR A64 0125 3AE7 01B1 01B1 3E RW SY TNR A64 0126 3AE8 01B2 01B2 3E RW SY TNR A64 0127 3AE9 01B3 01B3 3E RW SY TNR A64 0128 3AEA 01B4 01B4 3E RW SY TNR A64 0129 3AEB 01B5 01B5 3E RW SY TNR A64 012A 3AEC 01B6 01B6 3E RW SY TNR A64 012B 3AED 01B7 01B7 3E RW SY TNR

C M E

N O C

Display the state of the RDF volumes in the primary Symmetrix unit.

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 0 41630 Off 218 288 238

ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-MAT

MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk AR1 0 64 AR1 0 62 AR1 0 3802 AR1 0 3773 AR1 0 3781 AR1 0 3778 AR1 0 3770 AR1 0 3860 AR1 0 3776 AR1 0 3821 AR1 0 3804 AR1 0 3813 AR1 0 3857 AR1 0 3753

ZURDF ASYNC

4-23

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
A64 012C 3AEE A64 012D 3AEF A64 012E 3AF0 A64 012F 3AF1 A64 0110 3AF2 A64 0111 3AF3 A64 0112 3AF4 A64 0113 3AF5 A64 0114 3AF6 A64 0115 3AF7 A64 0116 3AF8 A64 0117 3AF9 A64 0118 3AFA A64 0119 3AFB A64 011A 3AFC A64 011B 3AFD A64 011C 3AFE A64 011D 3AFF End of Display 01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY SY TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR TNR AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3794 3782 3800 3776 3836 3767 3829 3779 3759 3797 3779 3726 3832 3811 3777 3771 3776 3775

Action User System

Display the state of the RDF volumes in the secondary Symmetrix unit. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-MAT

CSMP0097I 01.45.04 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 01AA 01AA 3E RO RNR AR2 0 64 N/A 0000 0000 01AB 01AB 3E RO RNR AR2 0 62 N/A 0000 0000 01AC 01AC 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3657 N/A 0000 0000 01AD 01AD 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3640 N/A 0000 0000 01AE 01AE 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3655 N/A 0000 0000 01AF 01AF 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3624 N/A 0000 0000 01B0 01B0 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3626 N/A 0000 0000 01B1 01B1 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3716 N/A 0000 0000 01B2 01B2 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3644 N/A 0000 0000 01B3 01B3 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3677 N/A 0000 0000 01B4 01B4 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3656 N/A 0000 0000 01B5 01B5 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3664 N/A 0000 0000 01B6 01B6 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3704 N/A 0000 0000 01B7 01B7 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3619 N/A 0000 0000 01B8 01B8 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3648 N/A 0000 0000 01B9 01B9 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3622 N/A 0000 0000 01BA 01BA 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3645 N/A 0000 0000 01BB 01BB 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3631 N/A 0000 0000 01BC 01BC 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3696 N/A 0000 0000 01BD 01BD 3E RO RNR AR2 0 3611

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-24

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 End of Display

01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9

01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9

3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E

RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO RO

RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR RNR

AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3673 3632 3613 3637 3610 3556 3677 3663 3615 3610 3619 3631

Action User System

Resume SRDF synchronization for SRDF/A Group SRDFA. ZURDF RES GRO-SRDFA

CSMP0097I 01.47.52 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 01.47.54 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.47.58 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.50.25 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.50.25 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.50.26 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 01.50.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Resume active Start Time : 01.50.25 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 0 32 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

CSMP0097I 01.56.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Resume active Start Time : 01.50.25 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 32 0 0 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Resume completed

Opr RC Summary 0000

ZURDF ASYNC

4-25

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Activate an SRDF/A session for SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-ACT

CSMP0097I 02.00.20 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.00.20 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.00.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.00.26 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.00.26 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.00.26 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.00.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 02.00.26 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 2 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 12988 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 372 941 654 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 173 940 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:04 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display
4-26

100 3E 14739 33420 Off 218 375 510

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Example 5

This example demonstrates how to set Tolerance On for SRDF Group SRDFA.
Action User System Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 02.04.03 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 8 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 14518 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 373 846 945 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 179 548 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:08 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display Action User

CSMP0097I 02.05.10 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.05.12 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.05.21 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.06.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.06.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.06.22 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.06.24 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 02.06.22 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary
ZURDF ASYNC
4-27

C M E

System

N O C

Set Tolerance On for the SRDF/A Group SRDFA.

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 16365 54584 Off 218 930 054

ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-TON

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed 1 0 0 0000

Action User System

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 02.07.14 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 14 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 28 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 374 231 384 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 181 933 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:18 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

Example 6

C M E
Action User System

This example demonstrates how to set Tolerance Off for SRDF Group SRDFA.
Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 0 41618 On 219 161 208

4-28

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

CSMP0097I 02.08.44 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 17 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 33626 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 374 294 958 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 181 933 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:18 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display Action User System Set Tolerance Off for the SRDF/A Group SRDFA. ZURDF ASYNC GRO-SRDFA PAR-TOF

100 3E 0 33820 On 219 205 362

CSMP0097I 02.10.38 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.10.38 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000000006211 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.10.40 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000000006207 discovered for Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.10.43 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.10.43 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.10.43 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Async for Set 3AE0 CSMP0097I 02.10.45 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group SRDFA Async active Start Time : 02.10.43 Date : 12/20/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 3AE0 000000006211 3AE0 1 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Async completed

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

ZURDF ASYNC

4-29

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
CSMP0097I 02.11.28 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 23 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 6386 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 374 980 747 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 185 671 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:03 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

100 3E 51370 36125 Off 219 653 095

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-30

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD


This functional command accepts or discards all configuration changes made during the current configuration session. Requirements and Restrictions The CONfig ACCEPT or DISCARD command will only be accepted if all configuration sessions for all SRDF groups are closed. In order to enable fallback to the previous SRDF configuration, it is recommended that the SRDF control records be backed up prior to ACCEPTing the new SRDF configuration. The CONfig DISCARD command will delete all configuration changes made during the current configuration session for all SRDF groups. Format Parameters
ACCEPT DISCARD ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD All

Accept all configuration changes made during the configuration session. Discard all configuration changes made during the configuration session.

Additional Information

The CONfig DISCARD command resets all indicators in the SRDF Master Control Record to indicate that there is no configuration session in existence.

C M E

The CONfig ACCEPT command verifies that all configuration sessions are closed; modifies RDF pair and SRDF group status, as necessary; removes inactive Sets and inactive SRDF groups, if necessary; calculates SRDF group counts; and replaces existing SRDF control records with SRDF configuration control records. The SRDF Control Records must be configured anew when upgrading from SRDF Controls for TPF V5.0.0 or earlier. To upgrade from SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.1.0 to version 5.2.0, the SRDF control records must be migrated. For more information, refer to Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls on page 2-13. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD

4-31

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 00.22.12 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1006I SRDF Configuration Discard command complete Action User System CSMP0097I URDF0089I CSMP0097I URDF1049I URDF1007I 00.49.56 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration verifying sessions not open 00.49.56 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Group TEST is Open SRDF Configuration Accept command aborted Action User System Accept all configuration changes made during the current configuration session, with one or more configuration sessions open. ZURDF CON ACCEPT ALL Discard all configuration changes made during the current configuration session. ZURDF CON DISCARD ALL

Accept all configuration changes made during the current configuration session. Duplicate RDF devices are configured in CU 000000000212. ZURDF CON ACCEPT ALL

CSMP0097I URDF0089I CSMP0097I URDF0113I CSMP0097I URDF0110I

20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration verifying sessions not open 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration verifying RDF pairs unique 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Duplicate RDF devices defined within the same SRDF group for CU Serial Number(s): 000185400212 URDF0111I Enter ZURDF CONfig VERify CU-ssssssssssss to generate report(s) URDF1007I SRDF Configuration Accept command aborted

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Accept all configuration changes made during the current configuration session. ZURDF CON ACCEPT ALL

CSMP0097I 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0089I SRDF configuration verifying sessions not open CSMP0097I 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01

4-32

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

URDF0113I CSMP0097I URDF0105I CSMP0097I URDF0090I CSMP0097I URDF0102I CSMP0097I URDF0101I CSMP0097I URDF0118I CSMP0097I URDF0094I CSMP0097I URDF1006I

SRDF configuration verifying RDF pairs unique 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration finalizing RDF pairs 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration finalizing RDF groups 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration inactive sets removed 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration inactive groups removed 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Group count calculated 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control records updated 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Configuration Accept command complete

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD

4-33

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove


This functional command adds or removes a Set designating a local and remote Symmetrix RDF pair to/from the specified SRDF group. Requirements and Restrictions The CONfig ADD and REMove commands may only be entered for an open configuration session. An SRDF/A group can contain only one SRDF set. Format
ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc [SDA-ccud] MHL1-dd.dd [MHL2-dd.dd MHL3-dd.dd MHL4-dd.dd]

Parameters
ADD REMove GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDA-ccud MHL1-dd.dd Add a Set to the SRDF group. Remove a Set from the SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group.

The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. SDA designating the host attached operations device to which I/O can be issued to discover the RDF pair in the user defined Set.

MHL2-dd.dd

C M E
Additional Information

N O C

Hops one and two of the multi-hop list designating the RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit. At least one hop must be specified. This parameter should not be used with the REMove parameter. Hops three and four of the multi-hop list designating the RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit. Optional. This parameter should not be used with the REMove parameter. Hops five and six of the multi-hop list designating the RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit. Optional. This parameter should not be used with the REMove parameter. Hops seven and eight of the multi-hop list designating the RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit. Optional. This parameter should not be used with the REMove parameter.

N E FID

L A TI

MHL3-dd.dd

MHL4-dd.dd

You must ensure that the multi-hop list specified on an ADD command designates the expected local and remote Symmetrix RDF pair. Consult with the local EMC Representative for SRDF configuration information. If an invalid multi-hop list is specified on an ADD command, the command is aborted. The Set, which could not be added successfully, must be removed using the REMove command. The Set can then be ADDed specifying the valid multi-hop list.

4-34

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

The operations device specified on the input SDA must be a supported Symmetrix volume to enable SRDF Controls for TPF to discover the Symmetrix RDF pairs using the EMC SymmAPI for TPF. See also VM Gatekeeper Support on page 3-35. The multi-hop list describes the RA group path to the Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit designated by the input SDA. The multi-hop list is specified using the four parameters MHL1, MHL2, MHL3, MHL4. Each parameter accepts up to two RA group variables. The multi-hop list may be anywhere from 1 to 8 RA groups/hops in length. A single hop must be specified by a single RA group/hop in parameter MHL1. A two hop multi-hop list must be specified with the two RA groups/hops separated by a period in parameter MHL1. A three hop multi-hop list must be specified with the first two RA groups/hops separated by a period in parameter MHL1, and the third RA group/hop specified in parameter MHL2. A four hop multi-hop list must be specified with the first two RA groups/hops separated by a period in parameter MHL1, and the third and fourth RA groups/hops separated by a period specified in parameter MHL2.This pattern follows for a multi-hop list of up to 8 RA groups/hops. For more information, see Figure 3-7 on page 3-29. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CONfig ADD|REMove

Examples

C M E
User System CSMP0097I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1054I URDF1006I

Action

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Add Set 3232 to SRDF group MH. Set 3232 designates a remote Symmetrix unit 4 hops from the originating Symmetrix unit designated by SDA 3340, and a local Symmetrix unit 3 hops from the originating Symmetrix unit designated by SDA 3340. All I/O issued to discover the Symmetrix RDF pair will be issued to SDA 3340. The path to the remote Symmetrix unit is described by the 4 hop multihop list MHL1-03.02 MHL2-03.02. ZURDF CON ADD GRO-MH SET-3232 SDA-3340 MHL1-03.02 MHL2-03.02

20.22.11 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 3232 Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 3232 SRDF Group MH Set 3232 Added SRDF Configuration Add command complete

ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove

4-35

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action

Add Set RAG0 to SRDF group R1BCV. Set RAG0 designates a remote Symmetrix unit 1 hop from the originating Symmetrix unit designated by SDA 33C0, and its partner Symmetrix unit, locally attached and designated by SDA 33C0. All I/O issued to discover the Symmetrix RDF pair will be issued to SDA 33C0. The path to the remote Symmetrix unit is described by the 1 hop multihop list MHL1-00. ZURDF CON ADD GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 SDA-33C0 MHL1-00

User System CSMP0097I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1054I URDF1006I

20.28.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 SRDF Group R1BCV Set RAG0 Added SRDF Configuration Add command complete Action User System Add Set RAG3 to SRDF group UVAS1. A configuration session for SRDF group UVAS1 is not open. ZURDF CON ADD GRO-UVAS1 SET-RAG3 SDA-33C0 MHL1-03

CSMP0097I URDF1049I URDF0097I CSMP0097I URDF1007I

20.31.48 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Group UVAS1 is Closed SRDF configuration command disallowed 20.31.48 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Configuration Add command aborted

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-36

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete


This functional command changes or deletes an SRDF pair for the specified SRDF Set and group. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
CHAnge DELete GROup SET TYP Change the RDF pair(s). Delete the RDF pair(s). Operate on SRDF group name cccccccc. Operate on SRDF Set name cccccccc. R1 = Source device R2 = Target device DR1 = Dynamic source device SDN-hhhh OTYP Local RDF Device Type. Valid values are:

The CONfig CHAnge and DELete commands may only be entered for an SRDF group with an open configuration session.
ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ccc SDN-hhhh OTYP-ccc OSDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

C M E
OSDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

N O C

DR2 = Dynamic target device

Hexadecimal start local Symmetrix device number of RDF pair(s) to configure. R1 = Traditional source device or an asynchronous source device R2 = Traditional target device or an asynchronous target device DR1 = Dynamic source device DR2 = Dynamic target device DRX = Dynamic source or target device Hexadecimal start remote Symmetrix device number of RDF pair(s) to configure. Decimal count of RDF pair(s) being configured.

N E FID

L A TI

Remote RDF Device Type. Valid values are:

Additional Information

The SDN and OSDN specified are verified to be the RDF device type (TYP or OTYP, respectively) specified. If the Symmetrix device type is not as specified, the command is aborted.

ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete

4-37

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Any dynamic RDF pairs specified by a CONfig CHAnge or DELete command must not be currently paired. If a dynamic RDF device is paired, the command is aborted. If an existing RDF pair is to be changed, the RDF pair must first be deleted. An attempt to change an existing or changed RDF pair will be aborted. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZUTIM Help CONfig CHAnge|DELete

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 19.39.45 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R60003I RDF Device Configuration Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr Change SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC Pair N/A 0000 0000 0000 00BB 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No End of Display Action Display 3 RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with RDF device 0. ZURDF CON DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 SDN-0 CNT-3

C M E
User System CSMP0097I URDF1030I CSMP0097I URDF1007I

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Delete Pair No No No

Attempt to change 1 RDF pair in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with local RDF device 0, type DRX, and remote RDF device BC, type DRX. ZURDF CON CHA GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-DRX SDN-0 OTYP-DRX OSDN-BC CNT-1

19.39.54 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000184505047 RDF pair with device 0000 must be deleted 19.39.54 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Configuration Change command aborted

4-38

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action

Attempt to delete 1 RDF pair in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with local RDF device 0, type DRX, and remote RDF device BC, type DRX. ZURDF CON DEL GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-DRX SDN-0 OTYP-DRX OSDN-BC CNT-1

User System

CSMP0097I 19.40.24 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1027I Remote CU 000185400212 OSDN 0000 not paired with specified SDN URDF1007I SRDF Configuration Delete command aborted Action User System Delete 1 RDF pair in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with local RDF device 0, type DRX, and remote RDF device BB, type DRX. ZURDF CON DEL GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-DRX SDN-0 OTYP-DRX OSDN-BB CNT-1

CSMP0097I 19.40.30 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1051I SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 Delete request processed URDF1006I SRDF Configuration Delete command complete Action User

CSMP0097I 19.56.06 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R60003I RDF Device Configuration Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr Change SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC Pair N/A 0000 0000 0000 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No End of Display Action User System

C M E
System

N O C

Display 3 RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with RDF device 0. ZURDF CON DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 SDN-0 CNT-3

N E FID

L A TI

Delete Pair Yes No No

Change 1 RDF pair in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with local RDF device 0, type DRX, and remote RDF device BB, type DRX. ZURDF CON CHA GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-DRX SDN-0 OTYP-DRX OSDN-BB CNT-1

ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete

4-39

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
CSMP0097I 19.40.53 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1051I SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 Change request processed URDF1006I SRDF Configuration Change command complete Action User System CSMP0097I 19.58.43 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R60003I RDF Device Configuration Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr Change SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC Pair N/A 0000 0000 0000 00BB 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 Yes N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 No End of Display Display 3 RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 beginning with RDF device 0. ZURDF CON DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 SDN-0 CNT-3

Delete Pair No No No

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-40

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig DISplay


This functional command displays the SRDF information about all, a range, or a single SRDF device pair in the specified SRDF group and set. Requirements and Restrictions Format The CONfig DISplay command may only be used after SRDF configuration control records have been refreshed.
ZURDF CONfig DISplay [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] [TYPe-CHA|DEL|INA|CON]

Parameters
LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd TYPe-CHA TYPe-DEL TYPe-INA A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

Additional Information

C M E
TYPe-CON CU MEM TYPE MODEL

N O C

Display RDF pairs changed during this configuration session.

Display RDF pairs deleted during this configuration session. Display devices not configured in the SRDF group. Symmetrix configuration information.

N E FID

L A TI

Online help is available for this functional command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CONfig DISplay

Example 1

The following information is displayed in this example:


Symmetrix serial number. Cache size in megabytes. Controller emulation type. Contains the Symmetrix model number. Microcode level of the Symmetrix unit. SSID(s) (in hex). Microcode patch level and date.

MICROCODE LEVEL SSID(S) BUILD DATE

ZURDF CONfig DISplay

4-41

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
SYNCH_DIRECTION SRDF Group SRDF Set Name Multi-hop List Multihop Count D01 - D64 Symmetrix level synchronization. Valid values are R1>R2, R1<R2, NONE, or GLOBAL. The SRDF group. The SRDF Set in which this Symmetrix unit is configured. The RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit of the Set. The number of hops through the multi-hop list to get to this Symmetrix unit in the Set. Symmetrix director types. Valid values are: CA = Parallel Channel Director DA = Disk Director DF= Fibre Disk Director EA = Enterprise Systems Connection (ESCON) EF = Fibre Connection (FICON) FA = Fibre Channel Director SA = Fast-Wide SCSI Channel Director R1 = Remote Link Director (source) R2 = Remote Link Director (target) RF = Remote Link Director (fibre) RE = GigE

Action User System

CSMP0097I 20.02.43 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RB0000I CU 000185400212 Configuration Display Type: 3990 Model: 8230 MEM: 32768 MB Microcode Level: 5568v43 Build Date: 05/31/2002 Synch Direction: Global SRDF Group: MH Set Name : 3232 Multi-Hop List : 03020302 Multi-Hop Count: 03 Director Configuration D01: DA D02: DA D03: D09: D10: D11: D17: DA D18: DA D19: D25: D26: D27: D33: D34: D35: D41: D42: D43: D49: D50: D51: D57: D58: D59:

C M E
D04: D12: D20: D28: D36: D44: D52: D60:

N O C

Display Configuration information for remote Symmetrix unit in Set 3232 in SRDF group MH. ZURDF CON DIS GRO-MH SET-3232 TYP-CON

N E FID

L A TI

D05: D13: D21: D29: D37: D45: D53: D61:

D06: D14: D22: D30: D38: D46: D54: D62:

D07: D08: D15: RF D16: EA D23: D24: D31: RF D32: EA D39: D40: D47: D48: R2 D55: D56: D63: D64: R2

Subsystem IDs 0F44 0F45 0FFF 0F46 0F47 0FEE

4-42

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

End of Display

Example 2
Action Display all SRDF devices configured in the local Symmetrix unit in Set 3232 in SRDF group MH. The SRDF configuration control records have not been refreshed. ZURDF CON DIS GRO-MH SET-3232

User System

CSMP0097I 20.06.01 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0084I SRDF configuration ctl rcds not refreshed

Example 3

This example and Example 4 on page 4-46 display the following information:
MDBF SSN Symb Mod SDA This Dev Othr Dev RA GP The MDBF subsystem name to which the TPF module belongs. The symbolic model number of the device. The symbolic device address of the device. The Symmetrix device number. RDFGroup. Format

The remotely mirrored Symmetrix device number.

Device Status The device status. Format is xxx-yy-z. Valid values are:

C M E

N O C
xxx yy

Possible Values

R/W = read/write mode R/O = read only mode N/R = not ready mode RNR = RDF devices globally not ready a, b TNR = target (R2) not ready b, c RWD = RDF write-disabled b, d LNR = link not ready e SY = Synchronous mode SS = Semi-Synchronous mode AW = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode AD = Adaptive Copy - Disk mode AP = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode I = Invalid Track Attribute = a target (R2) volume to go not ready if the source (R1) volume (its mirrored device) has invalid tracks on target (R2) volume and a state of change has been requested on the target (R2) volume D = Domino Attribute = source (R1) volume to go not ready if target (R2) volume is not ready or links are down

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig DISplay

4-43

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
a. This status indicates a status of RDF-NOT-READY (RNR). When a device is in this state, any attempt to perform I/O to the device from the host will result in an INTERVENTION-REQUIRED status. The RNR status can occur as a result of the Domino Attribute, Invalid Tracks Attribute, or as a result of a ZURDF NRDY LRG|RRG d ALL|(SDA cuu hhhh <dd>) command. b. For more information on this field, refer to Appendix B. c. This status indicates that communication between the SRDF pair is currently inactive because the SRDF pair is RDF-Suspended. d. If the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes are write-enabled and links are not suspended, any writes to the source (R1) volume suspends the link between that pair. These writes accumulate as R2 invalid tracks on the source (R1) volume until the target (R2) volume is write-enabled. Synchronization can then occur by issuing the ZURDF WRI LRG|RRG dd ALL|(SDA cuu hhhh dd) command. e. This status indicates that communication between the SRDF pair is currently inactive because the link is offline or the link path is physically unavailable.

MR

C M E

N O C

Type of Symmetrix device. Valid values are: R1 = Source (R1) volume R2 = Target (R2) volume ML = Local mirror volume RS = Raid-S volume L1 = Source (R1) volume that is also mirrored locally L2 = Target (R2) volume that is also mirrored locally BC = Business Continuance volume B1 = Business Continuance volume source (R1) DR = Dynamic Reallocation Volume (used by Symmetrix Optimizer) AR1 = SRDF/A source (R1) volume AR2 = SRDF/A target (R2) volume AL1 = SRDF/A locally mirrored RDF source (R1) AL2 = SRDF/A locally mirrored RDF target (R2) AB1 =SRDF/A BCV RDF source (R1) AB2 = SRDF/A BCV RDF target (r2) DRX = Dynamic RDF device, to be used as either source (R1) or target (R2) DR1 = Dynamic RDF source (R1) DR2 = Dynamic RDF target (R2) DLX = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF device DL1 = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF source (R1) DL2 = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF target (R2) DBX = Dynamic BCV RDF device DB1 = Dynamic BCV RDF source (R1) DB2 = Dynamic BCV RDF target (R2)

N E FID

L A TI

R1 ITRK

Source (R1) volume invalid track count. The Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables which identify the invalid tracks on both the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes.

4-44

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

R2 ITRK

Target (R2) volume invalid track count. The Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables which identify the invalid tracks on both the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes. The number of R2 invalid tracks on the R2 side reflects the number of invalid tracks as viewed from the R1 side. RDF pair to be changed on ACCEPT. RDF pair to be deleted on ACCEPT. Display device information for the remote Symmetrix unit in Set D8TOE9 in SRDF group UVA2UDC. ZURDF CON DIS REM GRO-UVA2UDC SET-D8TOE9

Chg Pair Del Pair Action User System

CSMP0097I 20.13.04 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R60003I RDF Device Configuration Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr Change SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC Pair N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00D8 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00D9 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00DA 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00DB 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00DC 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00DD 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00DE 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00DF 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E0 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E1 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E2 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00E3 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00E4 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00E5 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00E6 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00E7 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00E8 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00E9 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Delete Pair No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No

ZURDF CONfig DISplay

4-45

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example 4
Action User System CSMP0097I 20.25.01 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R60003I RDF Device Configuration Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr Change SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC Pair N/A 0000 0000 0007 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0008 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0009 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 000A **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 000B **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 000C **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 000D **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 000E **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 000F **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0010 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0011 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0012 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0013 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0014 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0015 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0016 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0017 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0018 **** ** ***-**-* DLX 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00EA 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00EB 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00EC 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00ED 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00EE 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00EF 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F0 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F1 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F2 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00F3 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00F4 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00FC 00F5 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00FD 00F6 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00FE 00F7 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 00FF 00F8 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0100 00F9 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0101 00FA 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No N/A 0000 0000 0102 00FB 06 N/R -I L2 0 0 0000 No End of Display Display potential RDF pairs for the remote Symmetrix unit in Set D8TOE9 in SRDF group UVA2UDC. ZURDF CON DIS REM GRO-UVA2UDC SET-D8TOE9 TYP-INA

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Delete Pair No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No

4-46

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD


This functional command is used to display summaries of the SRDF Configuration Control Records. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
LOCal REMote CTLRCD-MA CTLRCD-CU CTLRCD-GR The locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit in Set(s) nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit. The Symmetrix unit in the Set(s) furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit. Display Master Control Record Summary. Display Control Unit Summary for all Sets in all SRDF groups. Display SRDF group Summary.

A configuration session must be open for at least one SRDF group in order to display accurate summaries.
ZURDF CONfig DISplay [LOCal|REMote] CTLRCD-MA|CU|GR

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help CONfig DISplay

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD

4-47

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example 1 The following information is displayed in this example:
SRDF Version The SRDF Control Software Version. Modification Revision SRDF groups The SRDF Control Software Modification Number. The SRDF Control Software Revision Number. The number of SRDF groups configured.

Monitor Interval The Interval in minutes between initiations of the SRDF Monitor. Monitor Delay The delay in seconds between completion of SRDF operations and the first initiation of the SRDF Monitor. Scheduler Time The time limit used by the Command Scheduler for the completion of Limit Command Processing. Global Synch Direction The synch direction used by the Symmetrix unit whose synch direction is defined as GLOBAL.

Action User System

Display the SRDF Configuration Master Control Record Summary. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-MA

CSMP0097I 19.06.33 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RA0000I Configuration Master Control Record Summary SRDF Version: 0005 Modification: 0001 Revision: 0000 SRDF Groups: 4 Monitor Interval: 4 Scheduler Time Limit: 900 Monitor Delay: 3 Global Synch Direction: R1.R2 End of Display

Example 2

C M E
Serial # Type Model Ucode OSDA MOD SSN GKD Synchd Status

The following information is displayed in this example:


Group Name The SRDF group. The Symmetrix serial number. The Symmetrix SRDF type - Local or Remote. The Set in which the Symmetrix unit is configured. The Symmetrix model. The Symmetrix microcode level. The SDA through which all SRDF operations are issued. The symbolic module number of the OSDA. The MDBF subsystem name of the OSDA. OSDA defined as a TPF gatekeeper - Yes or No. Synch direction defined for the Symmetrix unit. Set to be added or removed at configuration accept time.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set Name

4-48

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display the SRDF Configuration Control Unit Summary for all Sets in all SRDF groups. ZURDF CON DIS CTLRCD-CU

CSMP0097I 19.12.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RA0000I Configuration CU Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Config Status - Open Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local RAG0 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Remote RAG0 8230 5568 3340 0100 000184505047 Local RAG1 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Remote RAG1 8230 5568 3340 0100 Group Name - UVAS1 Config Status - Closed Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local RAG2 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Remote RAG2 8230 5568 3340 0100 000184505047 Local RAG3 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Remote RAG3 8230 5568 3340 0100 Group Name - MH Config Status - Closed Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000185400212 Local 2323 8230 5568 3340 0100 000184505047 Remote 2323 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Local 3232 8230 5568 3340 0100 000184505047 Remote 3232 8430 5568 3340 0100 Group Name - UVAS2 Config Status - Closed Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local RAG4 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Remote RAG4 8230 5568 3340 0100 000184505047 Local RAG5 8430 5568 3340 0100 000185400212 Remote RAG5 8230 5568 3340 0100 End of Display

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD No No No No

Synchd Status R1.R2 Added R1.R2 R1.R2 Added R1.R2 Synchd Status R1.R2 Added R1.R2 R1.R2 Added R1.R2 Synchd Status Global Added Global Global Added Global Synchd Status None Added None None Added None

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD

4-49

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example 3 The following information is displayed in this example:
Group Name Set Name MHL Config Status The SRDF group. The Sets configured in this SRDF group. The RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit of the Set. Configuration Session for this SRDF group - Open or Closed.

Action User System

Display the SRDF Configuration group Summary ZURDF CON DIS CTLRCD-GR

CSMP0097I 19.14.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RA0000I Configuration Group Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Config Status - Open Set Name MHL RAG0 00 RAG1 01 Group Name - UVAS1 Config Status - Closed Set Name MHL RAG2 02 RAG3 03 Group Name - MH Config Status - Closed Set Name MHL 2323 02030203 3232 03020302 Group Name - UVAS2 Config Status - Closed Set Name MHL RAG4 04 RAG5 05 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-50

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse


This functional command opens a configuration session for the specified SRDF Group. Requirements and Restrictions The CONfig OPEn command may be issued after a ZURDF INI CLEar command, or if the SRDF Control Records were migrated from SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.1.0, or previously configured using SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0. The CONfig CLOse command may only be issued for an SRDF group with an open configuration session. Format Parameters
OPEn CLOse GROup-cccccccc Open a configuration session. Close a configuration session. The user defined SRDF group. ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse GROup-cccccccc

Additional Information

The first CONfig OPEn command of a new configuration session causes the SRDF Configuration control records to be refreshed from the SRDF Control Records if the Control Records were configured with SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0 or later.

C M E

If SRDF control records were configured with SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.0.0 or earlier, the SRDF configuration control records must be initialized using ZURDF INI CLEAR prior to issuing the ZURDF CON OPEN command. If SRDF control records were configured with SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.1.0, they must be migrated to a format for SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0 prior to issuing the ZURDF CON OPEN command. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CONfig OPEn|CLOse

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse

4-51

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action Open a configuration session for SRDF group R1BCV. In this example, this is the first configuration session to be opened since a previous initialization or configuration process. ZURDF CON OPEN GRO-R1BCV

User System CSMP0097I URDF0100I CSMP0097I URDF1049I URDF1006I

18.03.12 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration ctl rcd refresh initiated 18.03.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Group R1BCV is Open SRDF Configuration Open command complete Action User System Open a configuration session for SRDF group MH. ZURDF CON OPEN GRO-MH

CSMP0097I 18.10.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1049I SRDF Group MH is Open URDF1006I SRDF Configuration Open command complete Action User System

Close a configuration session for SRDF group MH. ZURDF CON CLOS GRO-MH

CSMP0097I 18.13.16 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1049I SRDF Group MH is Closed URDF1006I SRDF Configuration Close command complete

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Close a configuration session for non-existent SRDF group UVAS3. ZURDF CON CLOS GRO-UVAS3

CSMP0097I 18.15.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1052I SRDF Group UVAS3 does not exist URDF1007I SRDF Configuration Close command aborted

4-52

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig REName


This functional command renames an SRDF group or Set. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
Group Set NAMe Operate on SRDF group name cccccccc (when SRDF Set not specified) Operate on SRDF Set name cccccccc New SRDF group name or SRDF Set name

The CONfig REName command may only be used after SRDF configuration control records have been refreshed.
ZURDF CONfig REName GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] NAMe-cccccccc

Additional Information

If the SRDF Set is specified the Set will be renamed as specified on the NAM parameter. If the SRDF Set is not specified, the group will be renamed as specified on the NAM parameter. The new name is filed down to the SRDF Control Records by the CON ACCEPT ALL command. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help REName

Examples

C M E
Action User System Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Rename SRDF group UVA_UDC to UVA2UDC.

ZURDF CON REN GRO-UVA_UDC NAM-UVA2UDC

CSMP0097I 20.51.00 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1006I SRDF Configuration Rename complete Rename SRDF Set UVA2UDC in SRDF group UVA2UDC to D8TOE9 ZURDF CON REN GRO-UVA2UDC SET-UVA2UDC NAM-D8TOE9

CSMP0097I 20.53.06 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 UTIM1006I TimeFinder configuration Rename complete

ZURDF CONfig REName

4-53

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CONfig VERify


This functional command verifies that configured RDF pairs are unique for all SRDF groups and SRDF Sets in the specified physical CU and generates a report. Requirements and Restrictions The CONfig VERify command may only be used if Configuration Control Records have been refreshed. This command should be entered prior to entering the CONfig ACCEPT command. See also ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31. Since RDF pair information is the same for both local and remote Symmetrix units in the RDF Symmetrix pair, the CONfig VERify command is to be issued for the local Symmetrix unit in the RDF Symmetrix pair. Configuration verification is done for both this side RDF devices and the partner or other side RDF devices. Format Parameters
VERify CU-cccccccccccc ZURDF CONfig VERify CU-cccccccccccc

Verify that configured RDF pairs are unique within the specified CU. The 12 character CU serial number of the CU to be verified.

Additional Information

C M E

The CONfig VERify command will determine if the CU specified is a locally attached Symmetrix unit or the local Symmetrix unit in a multi-hop RDF Symmetrix pair, and provides a report for all duplicate use of RDF devices in the same physical CU and SRDF group. The CONfig ACCEPT command detects only the first occurrence of duplicate use of an RDF device within the same SRDF group. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CONfig VERify

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-54

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Examples
Action User System URDF1014I SRDF Configuration verification for Local CU 000000000212 CSMP0097I 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Configuration This Side Dupe RDF Device Report This SRDF Othr Dev CU Serial # Group Set Dev Acceptable 000B 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 0094 000185400212 DYNRDF01 THISDUPE 0094 NO 000C 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 0095 000185400212 DYNRDF01 THISDUPE 0095 NO 000D 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 0096 000185400212 DYNRDF01 THISDUPE 0096 NO SRDF Configuration Othr Side Dupe RDF Device Report Othr SRDF This Dev CU Serial # Group Set Dev Acceptable 0090 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 0007 000185400212 DYNRDF01 OTHRDUPE 00BB NO 0091 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 0008 000185400212 DYNRDF01 OTHRDUPE 00BC NO 0092 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 0009 000185400212 DYNRDF01 OTHRDUPE 00BD NO 0094 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 000B 000185400212 DYNRDF01 THISDUPE 000B NO 0095 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 000C 000185400212 DYNRDF01 THISDUPE 000C NO 0096 000185400212 DYNRDF01 7TO18 000D 000185400212 DYNRDF01 THISDUPE 000D NO MORE DATA AVAILABLE, ENTER ZPAGE TO CONTINUE ZPAGE CSMP0097I 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 End of Report Verify that RDF pair configuration is unique for all SRDF Sets containing RDF pairs in CU 000000000212. ZUTIM CON VERIFY CU-000000000212

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CONfig VERify

4-55

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Verify that the RDF pair configuration is unique for all SRDF Sets containing SRDF pairs in CU 000000005047. ZUTIM CON VERIFY CU-000000005047

CSMP0097I 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1014I SRDF Configuration verification for Local CU 000000005047 CSMP0097I 20.44.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Configuration This Side Dupe RDF Device Report This SRDF Othr Dev CU Serial # Group Set Dev Acceptable *** No duplicate RDF devices configured *** SRDF Configuration Othr Side Dupe RDF Device Report Othr SRDF This Dev CU Serial # Group Set Dev Acceptable *** No duplicate RDF devices configured *** End of Report Action

Verify that RDF pair configuration is unique for all SRDF groups for all Sets containing SRDF pairs in CU 000000005047. SRDF Configuration control records have not been refreshed.

User System

CSMP0097I 12.32.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 UTIM0084I SRDF configuration ctl rcds not refreshed CSMP0097I 12.32.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 End of Report

C M E

N O C

ZURDF CON VERIFY CU-000000005047

N E FID

L A TI

4-56

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CRTpair
This functional command establishes the SRDF relationship for configured dynamic RDF pair(s). Requirements and Restrictions The intended SRDF relationship must have been previously configured using the ZURDF CONfig commands. The CRTpair command is always issued to the local Symmetrix unit.
ZURDF CRTpair GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] [R1Mode-SEMI|SYNC] [R1Adc-NADC|ADCD|ADCW] [R2Rdy-RDY|NRD] [LCLis-R1|R2]

Format

Parameters
GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd R1Mode The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

SRDF Mode of Operation for the source (R1). Valid values are: SEMI = Semi-synchronous mode (default) SYNC = Synchronous mode

R1Adc

C M E
R2Rdy LCLis

N O C

Adaptive Copy Mode of Operation for the source (R1). Valid values are: NADC = No adaptive copy mode (default) ADCD = Adaptive copy disk mode ADCW = Adaptive copy write pending mode RDY = Target (R2) is made ready to the host (default) NRD = Target (R2) is made not ready to the host Intended RDF type for the local Symmetrix unit. Valid values are: R1 = Local Symmetrix unit contains source (R1) (default) R2 = Local Symmetrix unit contains target (R2)

N E FID

L A TI

Ready State of the target (R2). Valid values are:

Additional Information

The R2 in all CRTpair operations defaults to RO and RDY on the channel. If a different state is required, use ZURDF TARget on page 4-157 and/or ZURDF RDY|NRDy on page 4-118. If an adaptive copy mode is specified, the maximum skew value defaults to the maximum value of 65535. Use ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx on page 4-5 to alter the maximum skew value.

ZURDF CRTpair

4-57

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
The SRDF state of the source (R1) defaults to Target Not Ready (TNR). Synchronization from the R1 to the R2 or from the R2 to the R1 is accomplished using the available SRDF commands. For more information, refer to SRDF Procedures on page 5-1. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CRTpair

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 19.45.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0000 00BB 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0003 00BE 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0004 00BF 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0005 00C0 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0006 00C1 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0007 00C2 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0008 00C3 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0009 00C4 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000A 00C5 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000B 00C6 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000C 00C7 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000D 00C8 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000E 00C9 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000F 00CA 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0010 00CB 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0011 00CC 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 End of Display Display configured RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11. ZURDF DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-58

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display remote configured RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11

CSMP0097I 19.45.34 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00BB 0000 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00BC 0001 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00BD 0002 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00BE 0003 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00BF 0004 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C0 0005 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C1 0006 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C2 0007 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C3 0008 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C4 0009 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C5 000A 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C6 000B 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C7 000C 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C8 000D 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00C9 000E 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00CA 000F 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00CB 0010 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00CC 0011 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF CRTpair

4-59

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action

Create dynrdf pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01. Set source (R1) to synchronous mode and adaptive copy write pending. Set target (R2) not ready on the channel. Dynamic RDF devices in the local Symmetrix unit are to be target (R2). ZURDF CRTPAIR GRO-DYNRDF01 R1MOD-SYNC R1ADC-ADCW R2RDY-NRD LCLIS-R2

User System

CSMP0097I 19.47.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 19.47.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 19.47.20 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 19.47.20 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 19.47.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 19.47.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 19.47.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Crtpair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 19.47.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Crtpair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 19.47.36 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Crtpair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 19.47.36 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Crtpair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 19.47.40 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Crtpair active Start Time : 19.47.35 Date : 12/20/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 00TO11 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 12TO23 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Crtpair completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-60

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action

Display remote rdf pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11. Volumes are now DL1, in synchronous mode, adaptive copy write-pending, TNR, and established in RA Group 7 with the Othr Dev. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-MAT

User System

CSMP0097I 19.50.03 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States N/A 0000 0000 00BB 0000 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BC 0001 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BD 0002 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BE 0003 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BF 0004 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C0 0005 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C1 0006 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C2 0007 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C3 0008 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C4 0009 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C5 000A 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C6 000B 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C7 000C 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C8 000D 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C9 000E 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00CA 000F 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00CB 0010 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00CC 0011 07 RW SY AW TNR End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0

ZURDF CRTpair

4-61

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display local rdf pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11. Volumes are now DL2, N/R to the host and established with the Othr Dev. ZURDF DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-MAT

CSMP0097I 19.50.16 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 0000 00BB 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0003 00BE 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0004 00BF 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0005 00C0 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0006 00C1 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0007 00C2 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0008 00C3 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0009 00C4 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000A 00C5 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000B 00C6 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000C 00C7 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000D 00C8 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000E 00C9 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000F 00CA 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0010 00CB 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0011 00CC 07 NR DL2 0 0 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-62

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF CTLRCD
This functional command backs up and restores SRDF Control Records to and from SRDF Backup Control Records. This functional command will also refresh the SRDF Control Records by discovering all configured Sets in all SRDF groups. Requirements and Restrictions The CTLRCD BACKUP command may only be issued for configured SRDF Control Records, and only when no SRDF operation is active or in the process of being issued. The CTLRCD RESTORE command may be issued following a ZURDF INI CLEAR or for configured SRDF Control Records. No SRDF operation may be active or in the process of being issued. Format Parameters
BACKUP RESTORE REFRESH Backup EMC SRDF control records. Restore EMC SRDF control records. Refresh EMC SRDF control records. ZURDF CTLRCD BACKUP|RESTORE|REFRESH

Additional Information

C M E

The CTLRCD BACKUP|RESTORE commands should be integrated into any SRDF configuration or migration scripts. The control record backup should be issued prior to the first Configuration Open command to carry the control record backup timestamp over to the new configuration. See Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls on page 2-13.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

The CTLRCD REFRESH command will update the SDA, Symbolic module, and DBI for any host attached devices in the SRDF configuration, and validate the operations device for all Sets in all SRDF groups. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help CTLRCD

ZURDF CTLRCD

4-63

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I URDF0099I CSMP0097I URDF0037I 23.45.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control record backup started 23.45.11 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control record backup complete Backup SRDF Control Records. ZURDF CTLRCD BACKUP

Action User System CSMP0097I URDF0098I CSMP0097I URDF0000I

Restore SRDF Control Records. ZURDF CTLRCD RESTORE

23.45.47 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control record restore started 23.45.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control record restore complete

Action User System

Refresh SRDF Control Records.

CSMP0097I URDF0019I CSMP0097I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF1043I URDF1045I URDF0024I
4-64

23.48.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control record refresh started 23.50.23 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG2 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG2 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG3 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG3 Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 3232 Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 3232 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group UVAS2 Set RAG4 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group UVAS2 Set RAG4 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group UVAS2 Set RAG5 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group UVAS2 Set RAG5 SRDF Control record refresh completed

C M E

N O C

ZURDF CTLRCD REFRESH

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG


This functional command is used to define a TPF gatekeeper device for a Set in the specified SRDF group. Requirements and Restrictions The SRDF Control Records must be configured prior to defining a TPF Gatekeeper for a Set. The SDA used as a gatekeeper must be in the same SSID as the SDA used on the ZURDF CON ADD entry during TimeFinder control record configuration. See ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34. Format Parameters
PARm-ONL PARm-GFL PARm-NOG GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDA-ccud TPF gatekeeper is an online real time device. TPF gatekeeper is a general file. No TPF gatekeeper is defined. The user defined SRDF group. ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc [SDA-ccud]

The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair.

Additional Information

C M E
Action User System

The TPF gatekeeper device defined for a Set is the locally attached device through which all SRDF operations are issued for the local and remote Symmetrix units of the specified Set and group. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help DEFine

N O C

Is the SDA of the TPF gatekeeper device for the local and remote Symmetrix units in the specified Set.

N E FID

L A TI

Examples
Define TPF SDA 3346 as the online gatekeeper for Set RAG2 in SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DEF PAR-ONL GROUP-UVAS1 SET-RAG2 SDA-3346 CSMP0097I 02.24.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0027I Define complete

ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG

4-65

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all Sets in all SRDF groups. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-CU

CSMP0097I 19.16.44 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG0 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG0 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG1 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG1 8230 5568 Group Name - UVAS1 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG2 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG2 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG3 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG3 8230 5568 Action User System

IS-01

OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340

MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD 3346 No No No

Sync Orient. R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Orient. R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 LCLISR1 R1R2

Do not use a TPF gatekeeper for Set RAG2 in SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DEF PAR-NOG GROUP-UVAS1 SET-RAG2 CSMP0097I 20.01.04 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0027I Define complete

CSMP0097I 19.16.44 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG0 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG0 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG1 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG1 8230 5568 Group Name - UVAS1 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG2 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG2 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG3 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG3 8230 5568

C M E
User System

Action

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Display all Sets in all SRDF groups.

ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-CU

IS-01

OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340

MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD No No No No

Sync Orient. R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Orient. R1R2 LCLISR1 R1R2 R1R2 LCLISR1 R1R2

4-66

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL


This functional command is used to define the SRDF Monitor interval timer and RDF pair processing delay for the specified SRDF group. The SRDF Monitor displays ongoing activity on the TPF Prime CRAS console at intervals specified by the user. The SRDF processor issues SRDF operations to subsequent RDF pairs using the user specified RDF pair processing delay. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
PARm-INT PARm-DEL TIMe-dddddd The interval in minutes between SRDF Monitor status displays. The default value is 3. Delay in seconds between issuing an operation to the next device in an SRDF Set. The default value is 3. The interval or delay in minutes and seconds respectively.

The SRDF Control Records must be configured prior to defining the interval or delay timers.
ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL TIMe-dddddd

Additional Information

SRDF control record configuration sets the monitor interval and processing delay to a value of 3 minutes and 3 seconds, respectively, when configuring a new SRDF group.

Example

C M E
Action User System

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help DEFine

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set the SRDF Monitor interval to 4 minutes. ZURDF DEF PAR-INT TIME-4 CSMP0097I 20.01.04 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0027I Define complete

ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL

4-67

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DEFine PARm-STL


This functional command is used to define an SRDF Command Scheduler time limit for SRDF Controls. The SRDF Command Scheduler ECB will terminate if this time limit is exceeded before all SRDF command processor ECBs have posted back to the Scheduler. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
PARm-STL TIMe-dddddd Define the scheduler time limit.The default value is 65535. The scheduler time limit in seconds.

Exceeding the SRDF Command Scheduler time limit does not result in termination of SRDF Command Processor ECBs.
ZURDF DEFine PARm-STL TIMe-dddddd

Additional Information

If the SRDF Command Scheduler Time Limit is exceeded, SRDF Controls issues the following message:

CSMP0097I 06.38.56 CPU-B SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0057E SRDF Command Scheduler time limit exceeded. Scheduler exiting. SRDF Command Processors may still be active SRDF Monitor will not be initiated

Example

C M E
Action User System

If the SRDF Command Scheduler time limit is exceeded, SRDF master control indicators must be reset using the ZURDF RESET BASE|RANGE command. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help DEFine

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set the SRDF Command Scheduler Time Limit to 12 minutes. ZURDF DEF PAR-STL TIME-720 CSMP0097I 06.38.14 CPU-B SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0027I Define complete

4-68

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DEFine PARm-SYN


This functional command is used to define the global synch direction for SRDF Controls. The global synch direction applies to any Symmetrix unit whose synch direction is set to GLOBAL. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
PARm-SYN DIR-R1R2 DIR-R2R1 DIR-NONE Define the global synch direction. The default value is NONE. The global synch direction is from the source to the target. The global synch direction is from the target to the source. The global synch direction is NONE. This precludes any attempt at synchronization for any Symmetrix unit whose synch direction is defined as GLOBAL.

None.
ZURDF DEFine PARm-SYN DIR-R1R2|R2R1|NONE

Additional Information

When the global synchronization direction is defined as NONE, Symmetrix units with synchronization direction set to GLOBAL may not use the VALidate|INValidate or REFresh|RFRresume operations. In this case, the operation(s) will not be issued and SRDF Controls will report a return code xE1.

Example

C M E
Action User System

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help DEFine

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set the global synchdirection to R1 to R2. ZURDF DEF PAR-SYN DIR-R1R2 CSMP0097I 20.01.04 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0027I Define complete

ZURDF DEFine PARm-SYN

4-69

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DELpair
This functional command removes the SRDF relationship for established dynamic RDF pair(s). Requirements and Restrictions The intended SRDF relationship must have been previously established using the ZURDF CRTpair command. The source (R1) devices must be TNR. The DELpair command is always issued to the local Symmetrix unit.
ZURDF DELpair GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

Format Parameters

GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

Additional Information

You must ensure that the target (R2) device(s) is/are in the desired state prior to issuing the DELpair command. Once the SRDF relationship is removed, SRDF Controls for TPF commands can not be issued against dynamic SRDF pairs. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:

C M E

ZURDF Help DELpair

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-70

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 22.20.26 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC N/A 0000 0000 0012 00CD 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0013 00CE 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0014 00CF 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0015 00D0 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0016 00D1 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0017 00D2 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0018 00D3 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0019 00D4 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001A 00D5 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001B 00D6 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001C 00D7 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001D 00D8 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001E 00D9 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001F 00DA 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0020 00DB 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0021 00DC 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0022 00DD 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0023 00DE 05 R/W-SS DL1 0 0 0000 End of Display Display configured RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23. ZURDF DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-12TO23

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DELpair

4-71

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display CU Control Record Summary to check dynrdf orientation is LCLISR1. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-CU

CSMP0097I 21.10.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - UVA2UDC Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local D8TOE9 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote D8TOE9 8230 5568 33C0 0102 000184505047 Local EATOFB 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote EATOFB 8230 5568 33C0 0102 Group Name - UDC2UVA Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000185400212 Local 2BTO3C 8230 5568 3601 0101 000184505047 Remote 2BTO3C 8430 5568 3601 0101 000185400212 Local 3DTO4E 8230 5568 3600 0100 000184505047 Remote 3DTO4E 8430 5568 3600 0100 Group Name - DYNRDF01 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local 00TO11 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 00TO11 8230 5568 33C0 0102 000184505047 Local 12TO23 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 12TO23 8230 5568 33C0 0102 Group Name - DYNRDF02 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000185400212 Local BBTOCC 8230 5568 3600 0100 000184505047 Remote BBTOCC 8430 5568 3600 0100 000185400212 Local CDTODE 8230 5568 3600 0100 000184505047 Remote CDTODE 8430 5568 3600 0100 Group Name - DYNRDF03 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local 00TO11 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 00TO11 8230 5568 33C0 0102 000184505047 Local 12TO23 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 12TO23 8230 5568 33C0 0102 End of Display

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD Yes Yes No No GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD No No No No

Synchd Orient. Global Global Global Global Synchd Orient. Global Global Global Global Synchd Orient. Global LCLISR1 Global Global LCLISR1 Global Synchd Orient. R1.R2 R1.R2 R1.R2 R1.R2 Synchd Orient. Global Global Global Global

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-72

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Remove the SRDF relationship for dynamic RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23. RC 05 indicates the R1s are not TNR. ZURDF DELPAIR GRO-DYNRDF01

CSMP0097I 22.20.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 22.20.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.21.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.21.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.21.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.21.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 22.21.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Delpair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.21.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Delpair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.21.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1004W SRDF Controls unable to complete issuing Delpair operation for Set 00 TO11 CSMP0097I 22.21.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1004W SRDF Controls unable to complete issuing Delpair operation for Set 12 TO23 CSMP0097I 22.21.21 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Delpair active Start Time : 22.21.17 Date : 12/20/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 00TO11 000184505047 33C0 0 0 18 0005 12TO23 000184505047 33C0 0 0 18 0005 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DELpair

4-73

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Reset the SRDF Monitor to allow subsequent commands to SRDF group DYNRDF01. ZURDF RESET

CSMP0097I 22.23.31 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0039I SRDF master indicator reset Monitor stopping CSMP0097I 22.23.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Delpair active Start Time : 22.21.17 Date : 12/20/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started 00TO11 000184505047 33C0 0 0 18 12TO23 000184505047 33C0 0 0 18 URDF1003I SRDF Reset completed

Opr RC Summary 0005 0005

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-74

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System CSMP0097I URDF0019I CSMP0097I URDF1043I CSMP0097I URDF1043I CSMP0097I

Suspend SRDF Synchronization for SRDF group DYNRDF01. ZURDF SUS GRO-DYNRDF01

22.23.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Control record refresh started 22.23.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 22.23.51 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 22.23.51 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01

URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.24.03 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.24.06 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 22.24.06 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Suspend for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.24.06 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Suspend for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.24.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Suspend for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.24.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Suspend for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.24.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Suspend active Start Time : 22.24.06 Date : 12/20/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 00TO11 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 12TO23 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Suspend completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DELpair

4-75

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Remove the SRDF relationship for dynamic RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01. ZURDF DELPAIR GRO-DYNRDF01

CSMP0097I 22.25.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 22.25.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.25.19 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.25.19 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.25.31 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.25.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 22.25.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Delpair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.25.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Delpair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.25.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Delpair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 22.25.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Delpair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 22.25.38 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Delpair active Start Time : 22.25.35 Date : 12/20/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 00TO11 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 12TO23 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Delpair completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-76

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display CU Control Record Summary to check dynrdf orientation is cleared. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-CU

CSMP0097I 22.26.28 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - UVA2UDC Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local D8TOE9 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote D8TOE9 8230 5568 33C0 0102 000184505047 Local EATOFB 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote EATOFB 8230 5568 33C0 0102 Group Name - UDC2UVA Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000185400212 Local 2BTO3C 8230 5568 3601 0101 000184505047 Remote 2BTO3C 8430 5568 3601 0101 000185400212 Local 3DTO4E 8230 5568 3600 0100 000184505047 Remote 3DTO4E 8430 5568 3600 0100 Group Name - DYNRDF01 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local 00TO11 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 00TO11 8230 5568 33C0 0102 000184505047 Local 12TO23 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 12TO23 8230 5568 33C0 0102 Group Name - DYNRDF02 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000185400212 Local BBTOCC 8230 5568 3600 0100 000184505047 Remote BBTOCC 8430 5568 3600 0100 000185400212 Local CDTODE 8230 5568 3600 0100 000184505047 Remote CDTODE 8430 5568 3600 0100 Group Name - DYNRDF03 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod OSDA MOD 000184505047 Local 00TO11 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 00TO11 8230 5568 33C0 0102 000184505047 Local 12TO23 8430 5568 33C0 0102 000185400212 Remote 12TO23 8230 5568 33C0 0102 End of Display

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD Yes Yes No No GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD No No No No

Synchd Orient. Global Global Global Global Synchd Orient. Global Global Global Global Synchd Orient. R1.R2 R1.R2 R1.R2 R1.R2 Synchd Orient. R1.R2 R1.R2 R1.R2 R1.R2 Synchd Orient. Global Global Global Global

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DELpair

4-77

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display configured RDF pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23. Volumes are DLX (can become either R1 or R2), and not paired. ZURDF DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-12TO23

CSMP0097I 22.26.55 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk RC N/A 0000 0000 0012 00CD 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0013 00CE 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0014 00CF 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0015 00D0 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0016 00D1 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0017 00D2 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0018 00D3 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0019 00D4 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001A 00D5 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001B 00D6 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001C 00D7 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001D 00D8 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001E 00D9 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001F 00DA 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0020 00DB 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0021 00DC 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0022 00DD 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0023 00DE 00 R/W DLX 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-78

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DISplay
This functional command is used to display RDF device pair information, Symmetrix configuration information, and RDF link status information for the specified SRDF Set and group. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd TYPe-ADC TYPe-CON TYPe-LIN TYPe-ITR A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF Symmetrix pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

SRDF Control Records must be configured in order to ensure that the display is accurate.
ZURDF DISplay [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] [TYPe-ADC|CON|LIN|ITR|MAT|SAD|SAS]

Only devices in Adaptive copy disk or write pending mode.

C M E
TYPe-MAT TYPe-SAS TYPe-SAD

N O C

Symmetrix configuration information. SRDF link information. SRDF Device State Matrix. Only SRDF devices with invalid tracks. SRDF/A device information. SRDF/A session information.

N E FID

L A TI

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help DISplay

ZURDF DISplay

4-79

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example 1 The following information is displayed in this example:
DR GP Partner S/N OD OG RCS Director number of the Remote Link Director in hex. RDFGroup of the Remote Link Director. Serial number of partner Symmetrix unit. Director number of the Remote Link Director on the partner Symmetrix unit or SW if switched fibre. RDFGroup of the Remote Link Director on the partner Symmetrix unit. Where: R = Remote Link Director type. Valid values are: M Source Remote Link Director S Target Remote Link Director F Fibre Remote Link Director C = Port connection status. Valid values are: Y link path established N no link path established S = Link status. Valid values are: Y link is online N link is not online

PS MM:SS

Percent busy over short interval. Displays as ... if switched fibre. Short interval duration during which the average number of start I/O commands are calculated. This timer resets approximately every 10 minutes or when a Symmetrix IML occurs or utility reset command is issued.

RATE PL

C M E
Action User System

DD:HH:MM:SS Time since last Symmetrix IML or last utility RESET command issued from the service processor. TOTAL-I/O Total Start I/O commands since last Symmetrix IML or last utility.

N O C

Average I/Os per second over the short time interval. Percent busy over long interval. Displays as ... if switched fibre.

N E FID

L A TI

Display Link information for local Symmetrix in Set RAG4 in SRDF group UVAS2. ZURDF DIS GRO-UVAS2 SET-RAG4 TYP-LIN

CSMP0097I 18.24.30 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R70001I SRDF Link Display for CU 000184505047 Set Name: RAG4 DR GP Partner S/N OD OG RCS| PS M:SS Rate| PL DD:HH:MM:SS TOTAL I/0 3 04 000185400212 SW 04 FYY| ... 07:14 4| ... 005:16:36:56 1901171 19 04 000185400212 SW 04 FYY| ... 07:14 4| ... 005:16:36:57 1908200 End of Display

4-80

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Example 2

The following information is displayed in this example:


CU MEM TYPE MODEL MICROCODE LEVEL SSID(S) BUILD DATE SYNCH_DIRECTION SRDF Group SRDF Set Name Multi-hop List Multihop Count D01 - D64 Symmetrix serial number. Cache size in megabytes. Controller emulation type. Contains the Symmetrix model number. Microcode level of the Symmetrix unit. SSID(s) (in hex). Microcode patch level and date. Symmetrix level synchronization. Valid values are R1>R2, R1<R2, NONE, or GLOBAL. The SRDF group. The SRDF Set in which this Symmetrix unit is configured. The RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit of the Set. The number of hops through the multi-hop list to get to this Symmetrix unit in the Set. Symmetrix director types. Valid values are: CA = Parallel Channel Director DA = Disk Director DF = Fibre Disk Director EA = Enterprise Systems Connection (ESCON) EF = Fibre Connection (FICON) FA = Fibre Channel Director SA = Fast-Wide SCSI Channel Director R1 = Remote Link Director (source) R2 = Remote Link Director (target) RF = Remote Link Director (fibre) RE = GigE

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay

4-81

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display Configuration information for remote Symmetrix unit in Set 2323 in SRDF group MH. ZURDF DIS GRO-MH SET-2323 TYP-CON

CSMP0097I 18.28.47 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RO0000I CU 000185400212 Configuration Display Type: 3990 Model: 8230 MEM: 32768 MB Microcode Level: 5568v43 Build Date: 05/31/2002 Synch Direction: Global SRDF Group: MH Set Name : 2323 Multi-Hop List : 02030203 Multi-Hop Count: 03 Director Configuration D01: DA D02: DA D03: D09: D10: D11: D17: DA D18: DA D19: D25: D26: D27: D33: D34: D35: D41: D42: D43: D49: D50: D51: D57: D58: D59:

D04: D12: D20: D28: D36: D44: D52: D60:

D05: D13: D21: D29: D37: D45: D53: D61:

D06: D14: D22: D30: D38: D46: D54: D62:

Subsystem IDs 0F44 0F45 0FFF 0F46 0F47 0FEE End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

D07: D08: D15: RF D16: EA D23: D24: D31: RF D32: EA D39: D40: D47: D48: R2 D55: D56: D63: D64: R2

L A TI

4-82

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Example 3

The following information is displayed in this example:


MDBF SSN Symb Mod SDA This Dev Othr Dev RA GP The MDBF subsystem name to which the TPF module belongs. The symbolic model number of the device. The symbolic device address of the device. The Symmetrix device number. The remotely mirrored Symmetrix device number. RDFGroup #. Format xxx Possible Values R/W = read/write mode R/O = read only mode N/R = not ready mode RNR = RDF devices not ready for all locally and remotely attached host I/Os. a, b TNR = target (R2) not ready b, c RWD = RDF write-disabled b, d LNR = link not ready e SY = Synchronous mode SS = Semi-Synchronous mode AW = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode AD = Adaptive Copy - Disk mode AP = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode

Device Status The device status. Format is xxx-yy-z. Valid values are:

yy

C M E

N O C
z

N E FID

L A TI

I = Invalid Track Attribute = a target (R2) volume to go not ready if the source (R1) volume (its mirrored device) has invalid tracks on target (R2) volume and a state of change has been requested on the target (R2) volume D = Domino Attribute = source (R1) volume to go not ready if target (R2) volume is not ready or links are down

ZURDF DISplay

4-83

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
a. This status indicates a status of RDF-NOT-READY (RNR). When a device is in this state, any attempt to perform I/O to the device from the host will result in an INTERVENTION-REQUIRED status. The RNR status can occur as a result of the Domino Attribute, Invalid Tracks Attribute, or as a result of a ZURDF RDY|NRDY [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] command. b. For more information on this field, refer to Appendix B. c. This status indicates that communication between the SRDF pair is currently inactive because the SRDF pair is RDF-Suspended. d. If the source (R1) and and target (R2) volumes are write-enabled and links are not suspended, any writes to the source (R1) volume suspends the link between that pair. These writes accumulate as R2 invalid tracks on the source (R1) volume until the target (R2) volume is write-enabled. Synchronization can then occur by issuing the ZURDF WRIteenable [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] command. e. This status indicates that communication between the SRDF pair is currently inactive because the link is offline or the link path is physically unavailable.

MR

C M E

N O C

Type of Symmetrix device. Valid values are: R1 = Source (R1) volume R2 = Target (R2) volume ML = Local mirror volume RS = Raid-S volume L1 = Source (R1) volume that is also mirrored locally L2 = Target (R2) volume that is also mirrored locally BC = Business Continuance volume B1 = Business Continuance volume source (R1) AR1 = SRDF/A source (R1) volume AR2 = SRDF/A target (R2) volume AL1 = SRDF/A locally-mirrored RDF source (R1) AL2 = SRDF/A locally mirrored RDF target (R2) AB1 = SRDF/A BCV RDF source (R1) AB2 = SRDF/A BCV RDF target (R2) DR = Dynamic Reallocation Volume (used by Symmetrix Optimizer) DRX = Dynamic RDF device, to be used as either source (R1) or target (R2) DR1 = Dynamic RDF source (R1) DR2 = Dynamic RDF target (R2) DLX = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF device DL1 = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF source (R1) DL2 = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF target (R2) DBX = Dynamic BCV RDF device DB1 = Dynamic BCV RDF source (R1) DB2 = Dynamic BCV RDF target (R2)

N E FID

L A TI

R1 ITRK

Source (R1) volume invalid track count. The Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables which identify the invalid tracks on both the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes.

4-84

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

R2 ITRK

Target (R2) volume invalid track count. The Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables which identify the invalid tracks on both the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes. The number of R2 invalid tracks on the R2 side reflects the number of invalid tracks as viewed from the R1 side.

Action User System CSMP0097I E1RQ0003I MDBF Symb SSN Mod N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000

Display device information for the local Symmetrix unit in Set 3232 in SRDF group MH. ZURDF DIS GRO-MH SET-3232

18.49.01 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 RDF Device ITRK Display This Othr RA Device Opr SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc 0000 00B4 0090 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00B5 0091 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00B6 0092 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00B7 0093 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00B8 0094 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00B9 0095 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00BA 0096 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00BB 0097 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00BC 0098 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00BD 0099 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00BE 009A 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00BF 009B 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C0 009C 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C1 009D 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C2 009E 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C3 009F 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C4 00A0 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C5 00A1 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C6 00A2 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C7 00A3 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C8 00A4 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00C9 00A5 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00CA 00A6 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00CB 00A7 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00CC 00A8 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00CD 00A9 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00CE 00AA 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00CF 00AB 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00D0 00AC 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00D1 00AD 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00D2 00AE 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000 0000 00D3 00AF 02 R/O R2 0 0 0000

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay

4-85

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 End of Display 00D4 00D5 00D6 00D7 00B0 00B1 00B2 00B3 02 02 02 02 R/O R/O R/O R/O R2 R2 R2 R2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 0000 0000 0000

Example 4

The following information is displayed in this example:


MDBF SSN Symb Mod SDA This Dev Othr Dev ADC Mode The MDBF subsystem name to which the TPF module belongs. The symbolic model number of the device. The symbolic device address of the device. The Symmetrix device number. The remotely mirrored Symmetrix device number. Adaptive Copy mode in effect. Valid values are: AW = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode AD = Adaptive Copy - Disk mode AP = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending Offline mode

Curnt Skew

Current skew value. For Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode, this is the number of write pendings for the target (R2) volume. For the Adaptive Copy Disk mode, this is the number of tracks marked as out-of-synchronization between the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes. Adaptive Copy maximum skew value for device(s). Range = 1 to 65,535 (decimal).

Max Skew

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-86

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display Adaptive Copy information for local Symmetrix unit of Set RAG0 of SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 TYP-ADC

CSMP0097I 18.53.30 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0001I RDF Device ADCOPY Display MDBF Symb This Othr ADC Curnt SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev Mode Skew N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA AD 0 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB AD 0 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

Max Skew 256 256 256 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535 65535

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay

4-87

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example 5 The following information is displayed in this example:
SSN MOD SDA DEV RDEV GP HS The MDBF subsystem name to which the TPF module belongs. The symbolic model number of the device. The symbolic device address of the device. The Symmetrix device number. The remotely mirrored Symmetrix device number. The RDFGroup #. Host State. Valid values are: RW = read/write mode RO = read only mode SS = not ready mode Primary Mode of Operation. Valid values are: SY = Synchronous mode SS = Semi-Synchronous mode Adaptive Copy Mode of Operation. Valid values are: AW = Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode AD = Adaptive Copy - Disk mode Invalid Track Attribute. Valid values are: I = Invalid Track Attribute Set f

MO

AC

IT Disruptive States

C M E

N O C

SRDF states affecting mode of operation. Valid values are: RNR = RDF devices globally not ready a, b TNR = target (R2) not ready b, c RWD = RDF write-disabled b, d LNR = link not ready e

N E FID

L A TI

4-88

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

MR

R1 ITRK

C M E
R2 ITRK

N O C

Type of Symmetrix device. Valid values are: R1 Source (R1) volume R2 Target (R2) volume ML Local mirror volume RS Raid-S volume L1 Source (R1) volume that is also mirrored locally. L2 Target (R2) volume that is also mirrored locally. BC Business Continuance volume B1 Business Continuance volume source (R1) AR1 = SRDF/A source (R1) volume AR2 = SRDF/A target (R2) volume AL1 = SRDF/A locally-mirrored RDF source (R1) AL2 = SRDF/A locally mirrored RDF target (R2) AB1 = SRDF/A BCV RDF source (R1) AB2 = SRDF/A BCV RDF target (R2) DR Dynamic Reallocation Volume (used by Symmetrix Optimizer) DRX = Dynamic RDF device, to be used as either source (R1) or target (R2) DR1 = Dynamic RDF source (R1) DR2 = Dynamic RDF target (R2) DLX = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF device DL1 = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF source (R1) DL2 = Dynamic locally mirrored RDF target (R2) DBX = Dynamic BCV RDF device DB1 = Dynamic BCV RDF source (R1) DB2 = Dynamic BCV RDF target (R2)

N E FID

L A TI

Source (R1) volume invalid track count. The Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables which identify the invalid tracks on both the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes.

Target (R2) volume invalid track count. The Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables which identify the invalid tracks on both the source (R1) and the target (R2) volumes. The number of R2 invalid tracks on the R2 side reflects the number of invalid tracks as viewed from the R1 side.

a. This status indicates a status of RDF-NOT-READY (RNR). When a device is in this state, any attempt to perform I/O to the device from the host will result in an INTERVENTION-REQUIRED status. The RNR status can occur as a result of the Domino Attribute, Invalid Tracks Attribute, or as a result of a ZURDF NRDY LRG|RRG d ALL|(SDA cuu hhhh <dd>) command. b. For more information on this field, refer to Appendix B. c. This status indicates that communication between the SRDF pair is currently inactive because the SRDF pair is RDF-Suspended. d. If the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes are write-enabled and links are not suspended, any writes to the source (R1) volume suspends the link between that pair. These writes accumulate as R2 invalid tracks on the source (R1) volume until the target (R2) volume is write-enabled. Synchronization can then occur by issuing the ZURDF WRI LRG|RRG dd ALL|(SDA cuu hhhh dd) command.

ZURDF DISplay

4-89

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
e. This status indicates that communication between the SRDF pair is currently inactive because the link is offline or the link path is physically unavailable. f. The target (R2) volume will go not ready if the source (R1) volume (its mirrored device) has invalid tracks on target (R2) volume and a state of change has been requested on the target (R2) volume.

Action User System E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP N/A 0000 0000 0090 00B4 02 N/A 0000 0000 0091 00B5 02 N/A 0000 0000 0092 00B6 02 N/A 0000 0000 0093 00B7 02 N/A 0000 0000 0094 00B8 02 N/A 0000 0000 0095 00B9 02 N/A 0000 0000 0096 00BA 02 N/A 0000 0000 0097 00BB 02 End of Display Action User

Display Device Status Matrix for Symmetrix devices X90 to X97 in local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG2 of SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DIS GRO-UVAS1 SET-RAG2 SDN-90 CNT-8 TYP-MAT

Display HS RW RW RW RW RW RW RW RW MO SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk AW L1 0 0 AW L1 0 0 AW L1 0 0 L1 0 0 TNR L1 0 0 TNR L1 0 0 L1 0 0 L1 0 0

CSMP0097I 19.01.20 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 00B4 0090 02 RW R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00B5 0091 02 RW R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00B6 0092 02 RW R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00B7 0093 02 RO R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00B8 0094 02 NR R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00B9 0095 02 NR R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00BA 0096 02 RO R2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00BB 0097 02 RO R2 0 0 End of Display

C M E
System

N O C

Display Device Status Matrix for Remote Symmetrix devices 88 to 8F in SRDF group 1, RDFGroup 1, designated by SDA 3300. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-UVAS1 SET-RAG2 SDN-B4 CNT-8 TYP-MAT

N E FID

L A TI

Example 6

The following information is displayed in this example:

4-90

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Group Set Primary CU MDBF SSN Symb Mod SDA This Dev Othr Dev RA GP MR

The SRDF group name. The SRDF set name. The Symmetrix unit contains the source (R1) volumes. The Symmetrix unit serial number. The MDBF subsystem name to which the TPF module belongs. The symbolic module number of the device. The symbolic device address of the device. The Symmetrix device number. The remotely mirrored Symmetrix device number. The RDFGroup number. Type of Symmetrix device. Valid values are: AR1 = SRDF/Asynchronous source (R1) volume. AR2 = SRDF/Asynchronous target (R2) volume. AL1 = SRDF/A locally-mirrored RDF source (R1). AL2 = SRDF/A locally mirrored RDF target (R2). AB1 = SRDF/A BCV RDF source (R1). AB2 = SRDF/A BCV RDF target (R2).

Capture Cycle The number of tracks written in the SRDF/A capture cycle. Size Transmit Cycle The number of tracks left in the SRDF/A transmit cycle. Size

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Display the SRDF/A device information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA Set 3AE0. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAD

CSMP0097I 23.26.00 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VB0000I SRDF/A Device Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 MDBF Symb This Othr RA Capture Transmit SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP MR Cycle Size Cycle Size BSS 0102 3AE0 01AA 01AA 3E AR1 3 0 BSS 0103 3AE1 01AB 01AB 3E AR1 3 0 A64 0120 3AE2 01AC 01AC 3E AR1 239 0

ZURDF DISplay

4-91

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
A64 0121 3AE3 A64 0122 3AE4 A64 0123 3AE5 A64 0124 3AE6 A64 0125 3AE7 A64 0126 3AE8 A64 0127 3AE9 A64 0128 3AEA A64 0129 3AEB A64 012A 3AEC A64 012B 3AED A64 012C 3AEE A64 012D 3AEF A64 012E 3AF0 A64 012F 3AF1 A64 0110 3AF2 A64 0111 3AF3 A64 0112 3AF4 A64 0113 3AF5 A64 0114 3AF6 A64 0115 3AF7 A64 0116 3AF8 A64 0117 3AF9 A64 0118 3AFA A64 0119 3AFB A64 011A 3AFC A64 011B 3AFD A64 011C 3AFE A64 011D 3AFF End of Display 01AD 01AE 01AF 01B0 01B1 01B2 01B3 01B4 01B5 01B6 01B7 01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 01AD 01AE 01AF 01B0 01B1 01B2 01B3 01B4 01B5 01B6 01B7 01B8 01B9 01BA 01BB 01BC 01BD 01BE 01BF 01C0 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 AR1 266 252 245 241 243 243 226 257 222 236 241 247 257 245 239 270 248 250 246 266 237 239 241 238 235 261 254 256 273 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Example 7

C M E
Group Set CU SDA This Dev Othr Dev RA GP MR

The following information is displayed in this example:


The SRDF group name. The SRDF set name. The Symmetrix unit contains the target (R2) volumes. The Symmetrix unit serial number. The MDBF subsystem name to which the TPF module belongs. The symbolic module number of the device. The symbolic device address of the device. The Symmetrix device number. The remotely mirrored Symmetrix device number. The RDFGroup number. Type of Symmetrix device. Valid values are:

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Secondary MDBF SSN Symb Mod

4-92

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

AR1 = SRDF/Asynchronous source (R1) volume. AR2 = SRDF/Asynchronous target (R2) volume. AL1 = SRDF/A locally-mirrored RDF source (R1). AL2 = SRDF/A locally mirrored RDF target (R2). AB1 = SRDF/A BCV RDF source (R1). AB2 = SRDF/A BCV RDF target (R2.) Capture Cycle The number of tracks written in the SRDF/A receive cycle. Size Transmit Cycle The number of tracks left in the SRDF/A apply cycle. Size

Action User System

Display the SRDF/A device information for the Secondary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA Set 3AE0. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAD

CSMP0097I 23.26.01 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VB0000I SRDF/A Device Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Secondary CU 000000006207 MDBF Symb This Othr RA Receive Apply SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP MR Cycle Size Cycle N/A 0000 0000 01AA 01AA 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AB 01AB 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AC 01AC 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AD 01AD 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AE 01AE 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01AF 01AF 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B0 01B0 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B1 01B1 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B2 01B2 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B3 01B3 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B4 01B4 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B5 01B5 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B6 01B6 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B7 01B7 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B8 01B8 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01B9 01B9 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01BA 01BA 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01BB 01BB 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01BC 01BC 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01BD 01BD 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01BE 01BE 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01BF 01BF 3E AR2 0 N/A 0000 0000 01C0 01C0 3E AR2 0

C M E

N O C

N E FID
Size 0 1 1057 997 1014 989 1036 999 997 1047 1004 987 931 1048 1001 1007 1013 1015 1022 1067 987 1022 996

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay

4-93

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 N/A 0000 0000 End of Display 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 01C1 01C2 01C3 01C4 01C5 01C6 01C7 01C8 01C9 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E 3E AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 AR2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1014 974 1006 981 1034 1056 1024 1037 1027

Example 8

The following information is displayed in this example:


Group Set Secondary CU SRDF/A Session Number. Max Cache Percentage The SRDF group name. The SRDF set name. The Symmetrix unit contains the source (R1) volumes. The Symmetrix unit serial number. The SRDF/A session number and the status (Active or Inactive)

The maximum amount of cache in use before host throttling can take effect.

Capture Cycle The number of tracks written during the caputer cycle. Size Transmit Cycle The number of tracks left in the transmit cycle. Size

C M E
Tolerance

Average Cycle The average cycle time. Time Average Cycle The average cycle size. Size Secondary Consistent The consistency of target (R2) volumes in the secondary Symmetrix Unit (Yes|No) SRDF/A tolerates a disruptive state for one or more RDF pairs in the SRDF/A group (ONL|OFF) Total trackwrites seen by SRDF/A since the statistics cleared. Host writes to a track already in the active cycle. The number of times the HA duplicated a track slot in the transfer cycle.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

HA Writes Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots

Time Since Last The time since the last cycle switch. Cycle Switch

4-94

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Duration Of Last The duration of the last cycle. Cycle Max Host Throttle Time Action User System Time allowed to throttle host writers if max cache percentage becomes in use.

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Primary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA Set 3AE0. ZURDF DIS GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

CSMP0097I 23.26.00 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Primary CU 000000006211 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 12 RDFGroup Capture Cycle Size 7024 Transmit Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Secondary Consistent Yes Tolerance HA Writes 361 333 478 Repeated HA Writes HA Duplicate Slots 1 109 577 Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:07 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

Example 9

The following information is display in this example:

C M E
Group Set CU SRDF/A Session Number Max Cache Percentage RDFGroup Secondary

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 0 32491 Off 211 173 328

The SRDF group name. The SRDF set name. The Symmetrix unit contains the source (R1) volumes. The Symmetrix unit serial number. The SRDF/A session number and the status (Active or Inactive).

The max amount of cache in use before host throttling can take effect.

Cycle Number The apply cycle number in the secondary Symmetrix unit. The RDFGroup number associated with the SRDF/A volumes. Receive Cycle The number of tracks in the receive cycle. Size

ZURDF DISplay

4-95

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Apply Cycle Size The number of tracks left in the apply cycle.

Average Cycle The average cycle time. Time Average Cycle The average cycle size. Size Cycle Suspended Cycle switch suspended (Yes|No)

Restore Done Restore finished on Secondary Symmetrix Unit (Yes|No). Total Restores Number of track slots restored to the R2 by the DA. Total Merges Number of track slots merged by the DA during the restore. Time Since Last The time since the last cycle switch. Cycle Switch Duration of Last The duration of the last cycle. Cycle Max Host Throttle Time The time allowed to throttle host writes if max cache percentage becomes in use.

Action User System

Display the SRDF/A session information for the Secondary Symmetrix unit in SRDF Group SRDFA Set 3AE0.

CSMP0097I 23.26.00 CPU-G SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1VA0000I SRDF/A Session Display Group SRDFA Set 3AE0 in Secondary CU 000000006207 SRDF/A Session Number 0 Active Max Cache Percentage Cycle Number 11 RDFGroup Receive Cycle Size 0 Apply Cycle Size Average Cycle Time 30 Average Cycle Size Cycle Suspended No Restore Done Total Restores 151 359 189 Total Merges Time Since Last Cycle Switch 00:00:07 Duration of Last Cycle 00:00:30 Max Host Throttle Time 00:00:00 End of Display

C M E

N O C

ZURDF DIS REM GRO-SRDFA SET-3AE0 TYP-SAS

N E FID

L A TI

100 3E 30390 29729 Yes 17 055 496

4-96

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD


This functional command is used to display summary information for the SRDF Master control record, the SRDF Control Unit control record, or the SRDF group control record. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
LOCal REMote CTLRCD-MA CTLRCD-CU CTLRCD-GR Control record summary for locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit in Set(s) nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit. Control record summary for the Symmetrix unit in the Set(s) furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit. Display Master Control Record Summary. Display Control Unit Summary for all Sets in all SRDF groups. Display SRDF group summary for all Sets in all SRDF groups.

SRDF must be initialized and all relevant SRDF configuration information defined in order to ensure that the display is accurate.
ZURDF DISplay [LOCal|REMote] CTLRCD-MA|CU|GR

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help DISplay

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD

4-97

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example 1 The following information is displayed in this example:
SRDF Version Modification Revision Local CUs The SRDF Control software version. The SRDF Control software modification number. The SRDF Control software revision number. The number of local Symmetrix units in the TPF complex.

Ctlrcd Backup/Restore The time and date the SRDF Control Records were last backed up or restored. Config Accept SRDF Groups Monitor Interval Monitor Delay The time and date the SRDF Control Records were last modified and accepted. The number of SRDF groups configured. The Interval in minutes between initiations of the SRDF Monitor. The delay in seconds between completion of SRDF operations and the first initiation of the SRDF Monitor.

Scheduler Time Limit The time limit used by the Command Scheduler for the completion of Command Processing. Global Synch DirectionThe synch direction used by the Symmetrix unit whose synch direction is defined as GLOBAL.

Action User System

Display the SRDF Master Control record.

CSMP0097I 19.32.37 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RR0000I Master Control Record Summary SRDF Version: 0005 Modification: 0001 Revision: 0000 Ctlrcd restore time : 00.55.50 Date : 06/13/02 Config accept time : 02.09.04 Date : 06/13/02 SRDF Groups: 4 Monitor Interval: 4 Scheduler Time Limit: 900 Monitor Delay: 3 Global Synch Direction: R1.R2 End of Display

C M E

N O C

ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-MA

N E FID

L A TI

4-98

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Example 2

The following information is displayed in this example:


Group Name Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucode OSDA MOD SSN GKD Synchd Dynrdf Orient. The SRDF group. The Symmetrix serial number. The Symmetrix SRDF type - Local or Remote. The Set in which the Symmetrix unit is configured. The Symmetrix model. The Symmetrix microcode level. The SDA through which all SRDF operations are issued. The symbolic module number of the OSDA. The MDBF subsystem name of the OSDA. OSDA defined as a TPF gatekeeper - Yes or No. Synch direction defined for the Symmetrix unit. Local device type if CRTpair command has been issued for dynamic RDF devices. SRDF orientation. Valid values are: LCLISR1 - Local Symmetrix unit contains R1s LCLISR2 - Local Symmetrix unit contains R2s

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD

4-99

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display the SRDF Control Unit Summary for all Sets in all SRDF groups. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-CU

CSMP0097I 19.16.44 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG0 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG0 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG1 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG1 8230 5568 Group Name - UVAS1 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG2 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG2 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG3 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG3 8230 5568 Group Name - MH Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000185400212 Local 2323 8230 5568 000184505047 Remote 2323 8430 5568 000185400212 Local 3232 8230 5568 000184505047 Remote 3232 8430 5568 Group Name - UVAS2 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000185400212 Local RAG4 8430 5568 000184505047 Remote RAG4 8230 5568 000185400212 Local RAG5 8430 5568 000184505047 Remote RAG5 8230 5568 End of Display

IS-01

OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640

MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes

Sync Orient. R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Orient. R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Orient. Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Sync Orient. Glbl LCLISR2 Glbl Glbl LCLISR2 Glbl

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-100

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Example 3

The following information is displayed in this example:


Group Name Set Name MHL The SRDF group. The Sets configured in this SRDF group. The RA group path to the remote Symmetrix unit of the Set.

Action User System

Display the SRDF group summary. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-GR CSMP0097I 19.21.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RR0000I Group Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Set Name MHL RAG0 00 RAG1 01 Group Name - UVAS1 Set Name MHL RAG2 02 RAG3 03 Group Name - MH Set Name MHL 2323 02030203 3232 03020302 Group Name - UVAS2 Set Name MHL RAG4 04 RAG5 05 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD

4-101

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF DISplay STAtus


This functional command is used to display the status of current or last SRDF base or range operation for the specified SRDF group. Requirements and Restrictions Status is maintained for the last operation for all Sets in the SRDF group and the last operation for any one Set in the SRDF group. This may be the status for an operation to the local or remote Symmetrix unit in the Set(s). SRDF Controls for TPF software does not differentiate between local and remote for the Status display.
ZURDF DISplay GROup-cccccccc STAtus-ALL|RAN

Format Parameters

GROup-cccccccc STAtus-ALL STAtus-RAN

The user defined SRDF group. Status of the last operation on all Sets in the SRDF group. Status of last range operation on a single Set in the SRDF group.

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help DISplay

Examples

The examples in this section display the following information:


Start Time End Time

C M E
Opr SDA Complete Opr RC Summary

Date

N O C

The time the SRDF operation was issued. The time the SRDF operation completed. The physical control unit serial number. The SRDF operation symbolic device address. The number of SRDF volumes (or RLDs) for which the SRDF operation is complete. The number of SRDF volumes (or RLDs) for which the SRDF operation is active. The number of SRDF volumes (or RLDs) for which the SRDF operation was not initiated. The last non-zero return code returned for the issued operation, if applicable. The date the SRDF operation was issued and/or completed.

N E FID

L A TI

CU Serial #

In Progress Not started

4-102

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display the status of the last completed operation for all Sets in SRDF group UVAS2. ZURDF DIS GRO-UVAS2 STA-ALL CSMP0097I 00.00.49 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1032I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group UVAS2 Mode complete Start Time : 01.33.01 Date : 06/06/02 End Time : 01.33.11 Date : 06/06/02 End of Display

Action User System

Display the status of the last completed operation on a single Set in SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DIS GRO-UVAS1 STA-RAN CSMP0097I 00.06.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1034I SRDF Range Status Display SRDF Group UVAS1 Target complete Start Time : 19.01.02 Date : 06/11/02 End Time : 19.01.09 Date : 06/11/02 End of Display

Action User

CSMP0097I 00.03.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Invalidate active Start Time : 23.59.04 Date : 06/11/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started RAG0 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 RAG1 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 End of Display

C M E
System

N O C

Display the status of the SRDF operation for all Sets in SRDF group R1BCV prior to monitor completion. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV STA-ALL

N E FID

L A TI

Opr RC Summary 0000 0000

ZURDF DISplay STAtus

4-103

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF INItialize CLEar


This functional command will causes the SRDF Control records to be initialized with hexadecimal zeros. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
CLEar Causes the SRDF control records to be initialized with hexadecimal zeros.

SRDF Control Records must have been previously configured.


ZURDF INItialize CLEar

Additional Information

ZURDF INI CLEar should only be specified if you want to replace the previous SRDF Control Record configuration. It is recommended that the SRDF Control Records be backed up prior to issuing ZURDF INI CLEar. See ZURDF CTLRCD on page 4-63. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help INItialize

Examples
Action User System

C M E

N O C

Cause the SRDF Control records to be initialized with hexadecimal zeros.

ZURDF INI CLEAR

N E FID

L A TI

CSMP0097I 00.15.05 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0038I SRDF INItialize CLEar complete

4-104

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF INValidate
This functional command is used to perform full volume synchronization in the direction specified by the Symmetrix synchronization direction. Requirements and Restrictions This operation can be performed on source (R1) or target (R2) volumes. Ensure synchronization direction is set at the Symmetrix level prior to issuing this operation. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, this command must be issued to the source (R1) volume after successful completion of a ZURDF VALidate command to the partner target (R2). When the sync direction is set to R1<R2, this command must be issued to the target (R2) volume. Following successful completion of the INValidate command, the ZURDF VALidate command must be issued to the source (R1). For more information, refer to ZURDF V ALidate on page 4-160 and Testing Recovery Procedures on page 5-6. If the command is issued to the wrong SRDF device type (for example, to the target (R2) when the synch direction is set to R1>R2) or the synch direction is set to NONE, the SRDF Controls processor returns a return code of xE1 for the first volume to which the command is issued and terminates the process for the Control Unit. Format Parameters
ZURDF INValidate [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

C M E
INValidate LOCal REMote SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set partner device invalid tracks to the maximum. A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

GROup-cccccccc

Additional Information

This action is taken when all tracks on the SRDF partner volume are considered to be invalid from the perspective of the volume to which the command was issued. Keep in mind that in an SRDF

ZURDF INValidate

4-105

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
configuration, both Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables for both the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help INValidate

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I E1RQ0003I MDBF Symb SSN Mod N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 20.37.55 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 RDF Device ITRK Display This Othr RA Device Opr SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc 0000 00D8 00D8 06 R/O B2 0 198 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 06 R/O B2 0 203 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 06 R/O B2 0 243 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 06 R/O B2 0 262 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 06 R/O B2 0 248 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 06 R/O B2 0 248 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 06 R/O B2 0 248 0000 Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-106

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 06 R/O N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 06 R/O N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 06 R/O End of Display Action User System CSMP0097I E1RQ0003I MDBF Symb SSN Mod N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000

B2 B2 B2

0 0 0

246 0000 247 0000 0 0000

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

20.38.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 RDF Device ITRK Display This Othr RA Device Opr SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc 0000 00D8 00D8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 198 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 203 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 243 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 TNR-SS B1 0 262 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 0 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 0 0000

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF INValidate

4-107

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
End of Display Action User System CSMP0097I 20.45.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 20.45.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 20.45.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Invalidate for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.45.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Invalidate for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.47.06 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Invalidate for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.47.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Invalidate for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.47.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Invalidate active Start Time : 20.45.17 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 RAG1 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 End of Display With synchronization direction set to R1>R2, set source R1 partner device invalid tracks to maximum for all Sets in SRDF group-R1BCV. ZURDF INV GRO-R1BCV

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-108

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 20.48.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49622 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49718 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49630 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49638 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 R/W-SS B1 0 40941 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49638 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49511 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49610 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49174 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49227 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49103 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49349 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49433 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 R/W-SS B1 0 48604 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 R/W-SS B1 0 48355 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 R/W-SS B1 0 48488 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49471 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49460 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49018 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49388 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49463 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 R/W-SS B1 0 48449 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49079 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 R/W-SS B1 0 48496 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49578 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49647 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 R/W-SS B1 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 R/W-SS B1 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49165 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49254 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49264 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 R/W-SS B1 0 49386 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 50145 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF INValidate

4-109

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 20.48.51 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 06 R/O B2 0 49622 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 06 R/O B2 0 49718 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 06 R/O B2 0 49458 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 06 R/O B2 0 49458 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 06 R/O B2 0 40740 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 06 R/O B2 0 48869 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 06 R/O B2 0 48572 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 06 R/O B2 0 48912 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 06 R/O B2 0 48344 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 06 R/O B2 0 48474 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 06 R/O B2 0 48374 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 06 R/O B2 0 48781 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 06 R/O B2 0 48965 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 06 R/O B2 0 48220 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 06 R/O B2 0 47670 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 06 R/O B2 0 48023 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 06 R/O B2 0 49131 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 06 R/O B2 0 49325 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 06 R/O B2 0 48752 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 06 R/O B2 0 49208 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 06 R/O B2 0 49445 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 06 R/O B2 0 48449 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 06 R/O B2 0 49079 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 06 R/O B2 0 48496 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 06 R/O B2 0 49578 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 06 R/O B2 0 49647 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 06 R/O B2 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 06 R/O B2 0 50145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 06 R/O B2 0 49145 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 06 R/O B2 0 49254 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 06 R/O B2 0 49237 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 06 R/O B2 0 49386 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 06 R/O B2 0 50057 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 06 R/O B2 0 50016 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 06 R/O B2 0 49940 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 06 R/O B2 0 50039 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-110

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF LINk
This functional command is used to alter the status of local Symmetrix SRDF Link Directors. Requirements and Restrictions RLD status is only altered if all parameters are consistent with the Symmetrix configuration. This command is issued to the RLD in the local Symmetrix unit only. When altering the RLD status to offline, the director remembers the SRDF status at the time the director is taken offline. If SRDF operation is active (the R1 is RW and the R2 is RO) or RESUMED at the time the link is taken offline, then SRDF operation will be RESUMED when the link is brought online. Conversely, if SRDF operation is SUSPENDED at the time the link is taken offline, it will be SUSPENDED when the link is brought back online. It is recommended that all SRDF traffic be SUSPENDED prior to taking an RLD offline. Care should be taken when taking switched fibre RLDs offline. A switched fibre RLD may provide the link for more than one SRDF group and/or Set. Format

ZURDF LINk GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] STAte-ONL|OFF [DIR-dd]

Parameters

C M E
STAte-ONL STAte-OFF DIR-dd

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc

The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Alter link status to online. Alter link status to offline. Decimal RDF Link Director number.

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help LINk

ZURDF LINk

4-111

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Example
Action User System CSMP0097I 01.28.51 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R70001I SRDF Link Display for CU 000184505047 Set Name: RAG0 DR GP Partner S/N OD OG RCS| PS M:SS Rate| PL DD:HH:MM:SS TOTAL I/0 62 00 000185400212 64 06 MYY| 76 04:37 282| 1 005:23:41:32 3616856 End of Display Action User System CSMP0097I 01.31.26 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R70001I SRDF Link Display for CU 000184505047 Set Name: RAG1 DR GP Partner S/N OD OG RCS| PS M:SS Rate| PL DD:HH:MM:SS TOTAL I/0 46 01 000185400212 48 01 MYY| 80 07:11 306| 1 005:23:44:07 3633935 End of Display Action User System Change the status of all links for SRDF group R1BCV. Display the status of all links for Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1 TYP-LIN Display the status of all links for Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 TYP-LIN

CSMP0097I 01.34.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 01.34.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 01.34.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Link for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 01.34.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Link for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 01.34.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Link for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 01.34.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Link for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 01.34.20 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Link active Start Time : 01.34.14 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000184505047 3340 1 0 0 0000
4-112

C M E

N O C

ZURDF LINK GRO-R1BCV STA-OFF

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

RAG1 000184505047 3340 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Link completed Action User System

0000

Display the status of all links for Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 TYP-LIN

CSMP0097I 01.37.26 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R70001I SRDF Link Display for CU 000184505047 Set Name: RAG0 DR GP Partner S/N OD OG RCS| PS M:SS Rate| PL DD:HH:MM:SS TOTAL I/0 62 00 000185400212 64 06 MNY| 20 04:40 73| 1 005:23:50:07 3711323 End of Display Action User System Display the status of all links for Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1 TYP-LIN

CSMP0097I 01.37.38 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1R70001I SRDF Link Display for CU 000184505047 Set Name: RAG1 DR GP Partner S/N OD OG RCS| PS M:SS Rate| PL DD:HH:MM:SS TOTAL I/0 46 01 000185400212 48 01 MNY| 19 04:51 68| 1 005:23:50:19 3679826 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF LINk

4-113

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF MIGRATE
This functional command is used to migrate SRDF control records from a version 5.1.0 format to a version 5.2.0 format. Requirements and Restrictions This command must be issued following the software program load of SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0, and prior to issuing any other SRDF Controls for TPF commands.
ZURDF MIGRATE

Format Parameters Additional Information

None. SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0 rejects active commands issued prior to SRDF control record migration. SRDF Control Record migration converts SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.1.0 control records into a format compatible with SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0. Migrated control records are reformatted into the configuration control records. Migration is achieved by entering the ZURDF CON ACCEPT ALL command subsequent to the ZURDF MIGRATE command. No other configuration changes may be made between the MIGRATE and the CON ACCEPT commands. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help MIGRATE

Example

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Migrate SRDF control records from a version 5.1.0 format to a version 5.2.0 format. ZURDF MIGRATE

CSMP0097I URDF0116I CSMP0097I URDF0100I CSMP0097I URDF0117I

20.47.24 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control record migration started 20.47.26 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration ctl rcd refresh initiated 20.47.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control record migration completed

4-114

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System CSMP0097I URDF0089I CSMP0097I URDF0105I CSMP0097I URDF0090I CSMP0097I URDF0102I CSMP0097I URDF0101I CSMP0097I URDF0094I CSMP0097I URDF1006I

Accept the migrated configuration and file down to the SRDF Control Records. ZURDF CON ACCEPT ALL

20.47.53 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration verifying sessions not open 20.47.53 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration finalizing RDF pairs 20.47.54 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration finalizing RDF groups 20.47.54 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration inactive sets removed 20.47.54 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF configuration inactive groups removed 20.47.55 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF control records updated 20.47.55 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 SRDF Configuration Accept command complete

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF MIGRATE

4-115

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF MODe
This functional command is used to alter the operational mode of source (R1) devices. Requirements and Restrictions Format
ZURDF MODe [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] PARm-SYNC|SEMI|ADCW|ADCD|NADC]

The devices to which this SRDF operation is directed must be source (R1) devices.

Parameters
LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd PARm-SYNC PARm-SEMI A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

PARm-ADCW

Additional Information

C M E

PARm-ADCD PARm-NADC

N O C

Synchronous mode.

Semi-synchronous mode.

N E FID

L A TI

Adaptive copy write pending mode.

Adaptive copy disk mode. Disable adaptive copy mode.

When switching from Adaptive Copy Write Pending mode back to the default mode (synchronous or semi-synchronous) using the NADC parameter, the change in state takes effect asynchronously once all write pending tracks for the source (R1) have been destaged to the source (R1) and target (R2). SRDF displays represent the intermediate state as cAP to denote Adaptive Copy Write Pending state pending offline. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help MODe

4-116

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Example
Action User System CSMP0097I 02.18.38 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.19.05 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 URDF1045I Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 URDF1043I Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 3232 URDF1045I Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 3232 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.19.05 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Mode for Set 2323 CSMP0097I 02.19.05 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Mode for Set 3232 CSMP0097I 02.19.09 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Mode for Set 3232 CSMP0097I 02.19.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Mode for Set 2323 CSMP0097I 02.19.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group MH Mode active Start Time : 02.19.05 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 2323 000184505047 3340 36 0 0 0000 3232 000184505047 3340 36 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Mode completed Change the status of all source (R1) devices in remote Symmetrix units in all Sets in SRDF group MH to adaptive copy write pending mode. ZURDF MOD REM GRO-MH PAR-ADCW

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF MODe

4-117

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF RDY|NRDy
This functional command is used to alter the SRDF device host state of source (R1) or target (R2) devices. Requirements and Restrictions The NRDy command may be directed to the (R2) devices only. The RDY command may be directed to source (R1) or target (R2) devices. CAUTION Setting a TPF online device to SRDF not ready will make it unavailable to the host. Format Parameters
RDY NRDy LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SRDF ready state. SRDF not ready state. ZURDF RDY|NRDy [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group.

Additional Information

C M E

SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

N O C

The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number.

N E FID

L A TI

Number of Symmetrix devices.

For additional information on logical volume states, refer to Logical Volume States on page 3-4. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help RDY ZURDF Help NRDy

4-118

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 02.24.16 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.24.30 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 URDF1045I Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.24.30 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Nrdy for Set 2323 CSMP0097I 02.24.33 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Nrdy for Set 2323 CSMP0097I 02.24.36 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1033I SRDF Range Status Display SRDF Group MH Nrdy active Start Time : 02.24.30 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 2323 000185400212 3340 36 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Nrdy completed Alter the SRDF device state in the local Symmetrix unit of Set 2323 in SRDF group MH to SRDF not ready. ZURDF NRDy GRO-MH SET-2323

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF RDY|NRDy

4-119

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display devices in RA group 0 of SRDF group 1 remote Symmetrix unit designated by SDA D00. ZURDF DIS GRO-MH SET-2323

CSMP0097I 02.26.04 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0024 0000 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0025 0001 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0026 0002 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0027 0003 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0028 0004 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0029 0005 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002A 0006 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002B 0007 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002C 0008 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002D 0009 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002E 000A 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002F 000B 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0030 000C 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0031 000D 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0032 000E 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0033 000F 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0034 0010 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0035 0011 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0036 0012 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0037 0013 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0038 0014 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0039 0015 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003A 0016 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003B 0017 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003C 0018 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003D 0019 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003E 001A 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003F 001B 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0040 001C 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0041 001D 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0042 001E 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0043 001F 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0044 0020 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0045 0021 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0046 0022 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0047 0023 03 RNR R2 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-120

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Alter the SRDF device state in the local Symmetrix unit of Set 2323 in SRDF group MH to SRDF ready. ZURDF RDY GRO-MH SET-2323

CSMP0097I 02.28.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.28.45 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000185400212 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 URDF1045I Remote CU 000184505047 discovered for Group MH Set 2323 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.28.45 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Rdy for Set 2323 CSMP0097I 02.28.48 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Rdy for Set 2323 CSMP0097I 02.28.52 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1033I SRDF Range Status Display SRDF Group MH Rdy active Start Time : 02.28.45 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 2323 000185400212 3340 36 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Rdy completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF RDY|NRDy

4-121

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display devices in RA group 0 of SRDF group 1 remote Symmetrix unit designated by SDA D00. ZURDF DIS GRO-MH SET-2323

CSMP0097I 02.30.21 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0024 0000 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0025 0001 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0026 0002 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0027 0003 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0028 0004 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0029 0005 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002A 0006 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002B 0007 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002C 0008 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002D 0009 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002E 000A 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002F 000B 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0030 000C 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0031 000D 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0032 000E 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0033 000F 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0034 0010 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0035 0011 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0036 0012 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0037 0013 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0038 0014 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0039 0015 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003A 0016 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003B 0017 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003C 0018 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003D 0019 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003E 001A 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003F 001B 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0040 001C 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0041 001D 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0042 001E 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0043 001F 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0044 0020 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0045 0021 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0046 0022 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0047 0023 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-122

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF REFresh
This functional command is used to perform partial volume synchronization in the direction specified by the Symmetrix synchronization direction. Requirements and Restrictions This operation can be performed on source (R1) or target (R2) volumes. Ensure synchronization direction is set at the Symmetrix level prior to issuing this operation. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, invalid tracks are refreshed from the source (R1) volume to the target (R2) volume. Enter the REFresh command for the Symmetrix unit on which the target (R2) volume resides. R1>R2 synchronization is initiated by issuing a subsequent RFRresume command to the Symmetrix unit on which the source (R1) volume resides. When the synch direction is set to R1<R2, invalid tracks are refreshed from the target (R2) volume to the source (R1) volume. Enter the REFresh command for the Symmetrix unit on which the source (R1) volume resides. R1<R2 synchronization is initiated by issuing a subsequent RFRresume command for the Symmetrix unit on which the source (R1) volume resides. If the command is issued to the wrong SRDF device type (for example, to the target (R2) when the synch direction is set to R1>R2) or the synch direction is set to NONE, the SRDF Controls processor returns a return code of xE1 for the first volume to which the command is issued and terminates the process for the control unit.
ZURDF REFresh [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] REFresh LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd Cause only updated tracks to be refreshed. A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

Format Parameters

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF REFresh

4-123

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Additional Information This operation is the first step of a process which causes only the updated tracks to be refreshed from the SRDF partner volume. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help REFresh

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I E1RQ0003I MDBF Symb SSN Mod N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000 N/A 0000
4-124

Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

19.10.37 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 RDF Device ITRK Display This Othr RA Device Opr SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc 0000 0048 0048 01 R/O B2 1023 0 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 R/O B2 1024 0 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 R/O B2 1056 0 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 R/O B2 922 0 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 R/O B2 1415 0 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 R/O B2 1402 0 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 R/O B2 1415 0 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 R/O B2 1439 0 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 R/O B2 1443 0 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 R/O B2 1447 0 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 R/O B2 1442 0 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 R/O B2 1361 0 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 R/O B2 1449 0 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 R/O B2 1412 0 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 R/O B2 1295 0 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 R/O B2 1304 0 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 R/O B2 1367 0 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 R/O B2 1317 0 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 R/O B2 1275 0 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 R/O B2 1283 0 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 R/O B2 1264 0 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 R/O B2 1214 0 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 R/O B2 1186 0 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 R/O B2 1184 0 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 R/O B2 1184 0 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 R/O B2 1188 0 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 R/O B2 1154 0 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 R/O B2 1253 0 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 R/O B2 730 0 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 R/O B2 654 0 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 R/O B2 748 0 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 R/O B2 654 0 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 R/O B2 902 0 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 R/O B2 915 0 0000

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 R/O N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 R/O End of Display Action User System

B2 B2

885 658

0 0000 0 0000

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

CSMP0097I 19.14.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF REFresh

4-125

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action

With synchronization direction set to R1>R2, cause invalid track information to be refreshed between the local and remote Symmetrix units in all sets in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF REF REM GRO-R1BCV

User System

CSMP0097I 19.16.43 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 19.16.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 19.16.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Refresh for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 19.16.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Refresh for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 19.18.40 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Refresh for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 19.18.40 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Refresh for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 19.18.44 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Refresh active Start Time : 19.16.50 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000185400212 3340 36 0 0 0000 RAG1 000185400212 3340 36 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Refresh completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-126

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

CSMP0097I 19.20.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF REFresh

4-127

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

CSMP0097I 19.21.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-128

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF RESET
This functional command is used to reset the master control record indicators and terminate the SRDF Monitor. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
BASe RANge Reset complex wide operation. This is the default. Reset operation by range.

The RESET command can not be issued while SRDF Controls is in the process of issuing an operation to Symmetrix unit in an SRDF group.
ZURDF RESET [BASe|RANge]

Additional Information

When the SRDF Monitor is active, the ZURDF RESET command reinitiates the SRDF Monitor to clear the master indicator. The SRDF Monitor will terminate. If the SRDF Monitor is not active, the ZURDF RESET command will reset the master control record indicators. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help RESET

Examples
Action

CSMP0097I 20.52.03 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0039I SRDF master indicator reset Monitor stopping CSMP0097I 20.52.03 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Invalidate active Start Time : 20.45.17 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started RAG0 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 RAG1 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 URDF1003I SRDF Reset completed

C M E
System

User

N O C

Reset the SRDF Monitor while synchronization from the R1 to R2, initiated by an INValidate command, is in progress and being monitored. ZURDF RESET

N E FID

L A TI

Opr RC Summary 0000 0000

ZURDF RESET

4-129

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF RESTART
This functional command is used to restart an SRDF operation which was in progress when a system outage occurred. Requirements and Restrictions This command should be issued only after a system outage has occurred while an SRDF operation was in progress. This command applies to the last initiated base command only. If an outage occurs while a range operation is in progress, the range command must be reissued. If the restarted operation is initiated and a pair is already in the required state, no action is performed. The monitor will be re-initiated. Format Parameters Additional Information
ZURDF RESTART

None.

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help RESTART

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-130

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Examples
Action User System ZURDF RES GRO-R1BCV CSMP0097I 20.55.03 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 20.55.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 20.55.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.55.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.55.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.55.10 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.55.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Resume active Start Time : 20.55.10 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 RAG1 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 End of Display Resume the SRDF operational state of the source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in all Sets in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF RES GRO-R1BCV

C M E
Action User System

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A catastrophic error occurs and TPF system IPL is initiated before RESume command completed.

ZACOR 64 64 CSMP0097I 20.56.04 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01+ CPSE0051T 20.56.04 IS-0001 SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 SE-000119 CTL-I000001 CATASTROPHI 010000A CVAX40 ???????? + PSW 050C0000 6401C078 R0-R7 00000010 07B5D048 00A19C50 8506B5C8 00A19C66 00A19C1A 00000001 0000006 R8-R15 0506B000 00A00000 00009B20 00001000 00002000 00237F10 00206000 8506B00 PREVIOUS ERRORS ENCOUNTERED 0119 CTL-I000001+

ZURDF RESTART

4-131

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Once the IPL is complete and TPF is stable, restart the RESume. ZURDF RESTART

CSMP0097I 20.57.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 20.57.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 20.57.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.57.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.57.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.57.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.57.43 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Resume active Start Time : 20.55.10 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 RAG1 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-132

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF RFRresume
This functional command is used to perform partial volume synchronization in the direction specified by the Symmetrix synchronization direction. Requirements and Restrictions The devices to which this SRDF operation is directed must be source (R1) devices. Ensure synchronization direction is set at the Symmetrix level prior to issuing this operation. This operation must be preceded by a REFresh command to exchange invalid track information prior to commencing synchronization. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, invalid tracks are to be refreshed from the source (R1) volume to the target (R2) volume. R1>R2 synchronization is initiated by issuing the RFRresume command to the Symmetrix unit on which the source (R1) volume resides. When the synch direction is set to R2>R1, invalid tracks are to be refreshed from the target (R2) volume to the source (R1) volume. R2>R1 synchronization is initiated by issuing a the RFRresume command to the Symmetrix unit on which the source (R1) volume resides. If the command is issued to the wrong SRDF device type (for example, to the target (R2) when the synch direction is set to R1>R2) or the synch direction is set to NONE, the SRDF Controls processor returns a return code of xE1 for the first volume to which the command is issued and terminates the process for the control unit. The source (R1) must be in the TNR state. The target (R2) must be in the R/O state.
ZURDF RFRresume [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

C M E
Format

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF RFRresume

4-133

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Parameters
RFRresume LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd Commence synchronization of updated tracks. A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

Additional Information

This operation is the second and final step of a process which causes only the updated tracks to be refreshed from the SRDF partner volume. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help RFRresume

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-134

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 19.20.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 End of Display Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF RFRresume

4-135

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

CSMP0097I 19.21.32 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 TNR-AD B1 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-136

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

With synchronization direction set to R1>R2, commence synchronization of updated tracks only for all Sets in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF RFR GRO-R1BCV

CSMP0097I 19.28.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 19.28.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 19.28.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Rfrresume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 19.28.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Rfrresume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 19.30.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Rfrresume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 19.30.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Rfrresume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 19.30.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Rfrresume active Start Time : 19.28.25 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr R Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summa RAG0 000184505047 3340 3 33 0 00 RAG1 000184505047 3340 4 32 0 00 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF RFRresume

4-137

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

CSMP0097I 19.30.49 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 R/W-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 R/W-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 R/W-AD B1 0 2 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 R/W-AD B1 0 1 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 R/W-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 R/W-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 R/W-AD B1 0 188 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 R/W-AD B1 0 485 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 R/W-AD B1 0 606 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 R/W-AD B1 0 800 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 R/W-AD B1 0 506 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 R/W-AD B1 0 581 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 R/W-AD B1 0 922 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 R/W-AD B1 0 984 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 R/W-AD B1 0 748 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 R/W-AD B1 0 192 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 R/W-AD B1 0 811 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 R/W-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 R/W-AD B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 R/W-AD B1 0 62 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 R/W-AD B1 0 575 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 R/W-AD B1 0 516 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 R/W-AD B1 0 744 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 R/W-AD B1 0 805 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 R/W-AD B1 0 535 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 R/W-AD B1 0 928 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 R/W-AD B1 0 782 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 R/W-AD B1 0 865 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 R/W-AD B1 0 158 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 R/W-AD B1 0 177 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 R/W-AD B1 0 255 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 R/W-AD B1 0 112 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 R/W-AD B1 0 902 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 R/W-AD B1 0 915 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 R/W-AD B1 0 885 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 R/W-AD B1 0 658 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-138

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG1 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG1

CSMP0097I 19.31.17 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0048 0048 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0049 0049 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004A 004A 01 R/O B2 0 1 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004B 004B 01 R/O B2 0 1 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004C 004C 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004D 004D 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004E 004E 01 R/O B2 0 188 0000 N/A 0000 0000 004F 004F 01 R/O B2 0 412 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0050 0050 01 R/O B2 0 606 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0051 0051 01 R/O B2 0 800 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0052 0052 01 R/O B2 0 1 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0053 0053 01 R/O B2 0 1 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0054 0054 01 R/O B2 0 757 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0055 0055 01 R/O B2 0 760 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0056 0056 01 R/O B2 0 637 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0057 0057 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0058 0058 01 R/O B2 0 601 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0059 0059 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005A 005A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005B 005B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005C 005C 01 R/O B2 0 91 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005D 005D 01 R/O B2 0 121 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005E 005E 01 R/O B2 0 91 0000 N/A 0000 0000 005F 005F 01 R/O B2 0 206 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0060 0060 01 R/O B2 0 1 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0061 0061 01 R/O B2 0 891 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0062 0062 01 R/O B2 0 557 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0063 0063 01 R/O B2 0 760 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0064 0064 01 R/O B2 0 146 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0065 0065 01 R/O B2 0 103 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0066 0066 01 R/O B2 0 255 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0067 0067 01 R/O B2 0 101 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0068 0068 01 R/O B2 0 538 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0069 0069 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006A 006A 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 006B 006B 01 R/O B2 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF RFRresume

4-139

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF SUSpend|RESume
This functional command is used to alter the SRDF operational state of source (R1) devices. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
SUSpend RESume LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd Suspend the operational state. Resume the operational state. A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

The command can be issued for source (R1) volumes.


ZURDF SUSpend|RESume [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:


ZURDF Help SUSpend ZURDF Help RESume

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-140

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 02.50.09 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 33429 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 39560 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 41988 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 41505 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 R/W-SS B1 0 18652 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25088 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 R/W-SS B1 0 23720 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 R/W-SS B1 0 26989 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34390 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 R/W-SS B1 0 35156 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 R/W-SS B1 0 32990 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34833 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29873 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25776 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 R/W-SS B1 0 23100 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25568 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29066 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 30872 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 27149 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 22640 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 R/W-SS B1 0 16530 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 R/W-SS B1 0 28757 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 R/W-SS B1 0 27937 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 R/W-SS B1 0 27406 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 R/W-SS B1 0 39231 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 R/W-SS B1 0 42679 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 R/W-SS B1 0 35281 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 R/W-SS B1 0 40099 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25528 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29572 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29734 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 R/W-SS B1 0 31222 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34550 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34998 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34442 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 35687 0000 End of Display Display devices in the local Symmetrix unit of Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF SUSpend|RESume

4-141

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Suspend the operational state of the source R1 devices in the local Symmetrix unit of all Sets in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF SUS GRO-R1BCV

CSMP0097I 02.51.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.51.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.51.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Suspend for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 02.51.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Suspend for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 02.51.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Suspend for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 02.51.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Suspend for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 02.51.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Suspend active Start Time : 02.51.14 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000184505047 3340 36 0 0 0000 RAG1 000184505047 3340 36 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Suspend completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-142

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display devices in the local Symmetrix unit of Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 02.53.08 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 33429 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 39560 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 41988 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 41505 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 18652 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 TNR-SS B1 0 18309 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 23720 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 26989 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 34013 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 35156 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 32822 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 34833 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 29873 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 25321 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 17194 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 25100 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 29066 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 30806 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 26277 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 22499 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 16530 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 TNR-SS B1 0 28757 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 27937 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 27406 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 39231 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 42679 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 35281 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 40099 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 25528 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 29572 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 29734 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 31222 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 34550 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 34998 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 34442 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 35687 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF SUSpend|RESume

4-143

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Resume the operational state of the source R1 devices in the local Symmetrix unit of all Sets in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF RES GRO-R1BCV

CSMP0097I 02.55.46 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 02.55.52 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 02.55.52 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 02.55.52 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Resume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 02.55.52 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 02.55.52 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Resume for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 02.55.56 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Resume active Start Time : 02.55.52 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000184505047 3340 0 36 0 0000 RAG1 000184505047 3340 4 32 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-144

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display devices in the local Symmetrix unit of Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 02.56.31 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 33429 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 39560 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 41988 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 41505 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 R/W-SS B1 0 18652 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 R/W-SS B1 0 18309 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 R/W-SS B1 0 23720 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 R/W-SS B1 0 26989 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34013 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 R/W-SS B1 0 35156 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 R/W-SS B1 0 32822 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34833 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29873 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25321 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 R/W-SS B1 0 17194 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25100 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29066 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 30806 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 26277 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 22499 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 R/W-SS B1 0 16530 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 R/W-SS B1 0 24096 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 R/W-SS B1 0 27937 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 R/W-SS B1 0 27406 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 R/W-SS B1 0 39231 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 R/W-SS B1 0 42679 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 R/W-SS B1 0 35281 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 R/W-SS B1 0 40099 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25528 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 R/W-SS B1 0 29572 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 R/W-SS B1 0 25400 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 R/W-SS B1 0 31222 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34550 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34998 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 R/W-SS B1 0 34442 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 R/W-SS B1 0 35687 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF SUSpend|RESume

4-145

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Suspend SRDF Group UDC2UVA. The Sets in the the SRDF Group contain RDF device pairs in a Symmetrix unit that is NOT online to TPF. ZURDF SUS GRO-UDC2UVA

CSMP0097I 23.17.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 23.17.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 23.17.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1013I SRDF Controls unable to issue Suspend operation for Set 2BTO3C CSMP0097I 23.17.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1013I SRDF Controls unable to issue Suspend operation for Set 3DTO4E CSMP0097I 23.17.02 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group UDC2UVA Suspend active Start Time : 02.56.58 Date : 03/05/03 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Suspend completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-146

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF SWAPAIR
This functional command swaps the SRDF relationship for configured dynamic RDF pair(s). Source (R1) becomes target (R2) and Target (R2) becomes Source (R1). Requirements and Restrictions The intended SRDF relationship must have been previously established using the ZURDF CRTpair command. The SWApair command is always issued to the local Symmetrix unit. SWApair only swaps the dynamic RDF device type and does not carry mode, adc, or rdy states over unless specified on input. Source (R1) devices must be TNR.
ZURDF SWAPAIR GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] [R1Mode-SEMI|SYNC] [R1Adc-NADC|ADCD|ADCW] [R2Rdy-RDY|NRD]

Format

Parameters
GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd R1Mode The user defined SRDF group.

The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

C M E
R1Adc R2Rdy

N O C

SRDF Mode of Operation for the source (R1). Valid values are: SEMI = Semi-synchronous mode (default) SYNC = Synchronous mode NADC = No adaptive copy mode (default) ADCD = Adaptive copy disk mode ADCW = Adaptive copy write pending mode

N E FID

L A TI

Adaptive Copy Mode of Operation for the source (R1). Valid values are:

Ready State of the target (R2). Valid values are: RDY = Target (R2) is made ready to the host (default) NRD = Target (R2) is made not ready to the host

Additional Information

The R2 in all SWApair operations defaults to RO and RDY on the channel. If a different state is required, use ZURDF TARget on page 4-157 and/or ZURDF RDY|NRDy on page 4-118. If an adaptive copy mode is specified the maximum skew value defaults to the maximum value of 65535. Use ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx on page 4-5 to alter the maximum skew value.

ZURDF SWAPAIR

4-147

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
The SRDF state of the source (R1) defaults to Target Not Ready (TNR). Synchronization from the R1 to the R2 or from the R2 to the R1 is accomplished using the available SRDF commands. For more information, see SRDF Procedures on page 5-1. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help SWApair

Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 19.50.03 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States N/A 0000 0000 00BB 0000 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BC 0001 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BD 0002 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BE 0003 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00BF 0004 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C0 0005 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C1 0006 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C2 0007 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C3 0008 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C4 0009 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C5 000A 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C6 000B 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C7 000C 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C8 000D 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00C9 000E 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00CA 000F 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00CB 0010 07 RW SY AW TNR N/A 0000 0000 00CC 0011 07 RW SY AW TNR End of Display Display remote rdf pairs in Set-00TO11. Volumes are DR1, in sync mode, adcw, TNR, and established with the Othr Dev. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-MAT

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0

4-148

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display local rdf pairs in Set-00TO11. Volumes are DR2, N/R to the host and established with the Othr Dev. ZURDF DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-MAT

CSMP0097I 19.50.16 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 0000 00BB 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0003 00BE 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0004 00BF 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0005 00C0 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0006 00C1 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0007 00C2 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0008 00C3 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0009 00C4 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000A 00C5 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000B 00C6 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000C 00C7 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000D 00C8 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000E 00C9 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 000F 00CA 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0010 00CB 07 NR DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 0011 00CC 07 NR DL2 0 0 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF SWAPAIR

4-149

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Swap dynrdf pairs in SRDF group DYNRDF01. Default parms are R1mod-semi, R1adc-nadc, and R2rdy-rdy. ZURDF SWAPAIR GRO-DYNRDF01

CSMP0097I 20.08.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 20.08.07 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 20.08.19 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 20.08.19 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 20.08.31 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group DYNRDF01 Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 20.08.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 20.08.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Swapair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 20.08.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Swapair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 20.08.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Swapair for Set 00TO11 CSMP0097I 20.08.36 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Swapair for Set 12TO23 CSMP0097I 20.08.39 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group DYNRDF01 Swapair active Start Time : 20.08.35 Date : 12/20/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary 00TO11 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 12TO23 000184505047 33C0 18 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Swapair completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-150

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display local rdf pairs in Set-00TO11. Volumes are in semi-sync mode, nadc, TNR, and established with the Othr Dev. ZURDF DIS GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-MAT

CSMP0097I 20.12.47 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States N/A 0000 0000 0000 00BB 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0001 00BC 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0002 00BD 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0003 00BE 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0004 00BF 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0005 00C0 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0006 00C1 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0007 00C2 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0008 00C3 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0009 00C4 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 000A 00C5 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 000B 00C6 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 000C 00C7 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 000D 00C8 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 000E 00C9 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 000F 00CA 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0010 00CB 07 RW SS TNR N/A 0000 0000 0011 00CC 07 RW SS TNR End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0 DL1 0 0

ZURDF SWAPAIR

4-151

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display remote rdf pairs in Set-00TO11. Volumes are now DR2, RO to the host and established with the Othr Dev. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-DYNRDF01 SET-00TO11 TYP-MAT

CSMP0097I 20.13.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RG0001I RDF Device Matrix Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP HS MO AC IT Disruptive States MR R1-Itrk R2-Itrk N/A 0000 0000 00BB 0000 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00BC 0001 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00BD 0002 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00BE 0003 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00BF 0004 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C0 0005 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C1 0006 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C2 0007 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C3 0008 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C4 0009 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C5 000A 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C6 000B 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C7 000C 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C8 000D 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00C9 000E 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00CA 000F 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00CB 0010 07 RO DL2 0 0 N/A 0000 0000 00CC 0011 07 RO DL2 0 0 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-152

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF SYNchd
This functional command is used to alter the synchronization direction of the Symmetrix unit. Requirements and Restrictions If the VALidate|INValidate or REFresh|RFRresume command is issued to the wrong SRDF device type (for example, INValidate to the target (R2) when the synch direction is set R1>R2) or the synch direction is set to NONE, the SRDF Controls processor returns a return code of x'E1' for the first volume to which the command is issued and terminates the process for the control unit.
ZURDF SYNchdirection [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PARm-R1R2|R2R1|NONE|GLBL

Format Parameters

LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc PARm-R1R2 PARm-R2R1 PARm-NONE

A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair.

Additional Information

C M E
PARm-GLBL

N O C

Synch direction is from the source to the target.

Synch direction is from the target to the source. Synch direction is NONE.

N E FID

L A TI

Synch direction is as defined by the global synch direction.

A Symmetrix unit with synchronization direction set to NONE may not use the VALidate|INValidate or REFresh|RFRresume processes. When the global synchronization direction is defined as NONE, the Symmetrix unit with synchronization direction set to GLBL may not use the VALidate|INValidate or REFresh|RFRresume processes. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help SYNchdirection

ZURDF SYNchd

4-153

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 19.16.44 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 E1RR0000I CU Control Record Summary Group Name - R1BCV Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG0 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG0 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG1 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG1 8230 5568 Group Name - UVAS1 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000184505047 Local RAG2 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG2 8230 5568 000184505047 Local RAG3 8430 5568 000185400212 Remote RAG3 8230 5568 Group Name - MH Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000185400212 Local 2323 8230 5568 000184505047 Remote 2323 8430 5568 000185400212 Local 3232 8230 5568 000184505047 Remote 3232 8430 5568 Group Name - UVAS2 Serial # Type Set Name Model Ucod 000185400212 Local RAG4 8430 5568 000184505047 Remote RAG4 8230 5568 000185400212 Local RAG5 8430 5568 000184505047 Remote RAG5 8230 5568 End of Display IS-01 Display Control Unit Summary. ZURDF DIS CTLRCD-CU

OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640

MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4

SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS

GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes

Sync Dynrdf R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Dynrdf R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Dynrdf Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Sync Dynrdf Glbl LCLISR2 Glbl Glbl LCLISR2 Glbl

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-154

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System E1RR0000I CU Control Group Name - R1BCV Serial # Type 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote Group Name - UVAS1 Serial # Type 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote Group Name - MH Serial # Type 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote Group Name - UVAS2 Serial # Type 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote End of Display

Alter the synchronization direction of the local Symmetrix unit in all Sets in SRDF group UVAS2 to NONE. ZURDF SYN GRO-UVAS2 PAR-NONE

Record Summary Set Name RAG0 RAG0 RAG1 RAG1 Set Name RAG2 RAG2 RAG3 RAG3 Set Name 2323 2323 3232 3232 Set Name RAG4 RAG4 RAG5 RAG5 Model 8430 8230 8430 8230 Model 8430 8230 8430 8230 Model 8230 8430 8230 8430 Model 8430 8230 8430 8230 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4 SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes Sync Dynrdf R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Dynrdf R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Dynrdf Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Sync Dynrdf None LCLISR2 Glbl None LCLISR2 Glbl

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF SYNchd

4-155

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System E1RR0000I CU Control Group Name - R1BCV Serial # Type 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote Group Name - UVAS1 Serial # Type 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote 000184505047 Local 000185400212 Remote Group Name - MH Serial # Type 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote Group Name - UVAS2 Serial # Type 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote 000185400212 Local 000184505047 Remote End of Display

Alter the synchronization direction of the remote Symmetrix unit in all Sets in SRDF group UVAS2 to NONE. ZURDF SYN REM GRO-UVAS2 PAR-NONE

Record Summary Set Name RAG0 RAG0 RAG1 RAG1 Set Name RAG2 RAG2 RAG3 RAG3 Set Name 2323 2323 3232 3232 Set Name RAG4 RAG4 RAG5 RAG5 Model 8430 8230 8430 8230 Model 8430 8230 8430 8230 Model 8230 8430 8230 8430 Model 8430 8230 8430 8230 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 Ucod 5568 5568 5568 5568 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3340 3340 3340 3340 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640 OSDA 3640 3640 3640 3640 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 0100 0100 0100 0100 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4 MOD 00F4 00F4 00F4 00F4 SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS SSN BSS BSS BSS BSS GKD No No No No GKD No No No No GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes GKD Yes Yes Yes Yes Sync Dynrdf R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Dynrdf R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 R1R2 Sync Dynrdf Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Glbl LCLISR1 Glbl Sync Dynrdf None LCLISR2 None None LCLISR2 None

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-156

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF TARget
This functional command is used to alter the device status of SRDF target (R2) devices in relation to the targets locally attached host. Requirements and Restrictions Format Parameters
LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd PARm-RW PARm-RO PARm-RDY A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

This operation can be performed on target (R2) volumes.


ZURDF TARget [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd] PARm-RW|RO|RDY|NRDY

Additional Information

C M E
PARm-NRDY

N O C

Read and write enabled to locally attached host and unavailable for synchronization with source device. Read only to the locally attached host and available for synchronization with source device.

N E FID

L A TI

Device ready to locally attached host.

Device not ready to locally attached host.

For more information on logical volume states, refer to Logical Volume States on page 3-4. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help TARget

ZURDF TARget

4-157

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 18.22.14 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 CSMP0097I 18.23.31 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 End of Display Action Display the status of 9 target (R2) devices starting with device number xD8 in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 SDN-D8 CNT-9

User

CSMP0097I 18.24.44 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 18.24.48 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 18.24.48 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Target for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 18.24.50 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Target for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 18.24.54 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1033I SRDF Range Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Target active Start Time : 18.24.48 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000185400212 3340 9 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

System

N O C

Change the status of target (R2) devices starting with device number xD8 in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV to read/write enabled. ZURDF TAR REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 SDN-D8 CNT-9 PAR-RW

N E FID

L A TI

4-158

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

URDF1003I SRDF Target completed Action User System CSMP0097I 18.26.42 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 06 R/W B2 0 0 0000 End of Display Display the status of 9 target (R2) devices starting with device number xD8 in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0 SDN-D8 CNT-9

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF TARget

4-159

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF VALidate
This functional command is used to perform full volume synchronization in the direction specified by the Symmetrix synchronization direction. Requirements and Restrictions This operation can be performed on source (R1) or target (R2) volumes. Ensure synchronization direction is set at the Symmetrix level prior to issuing this operation. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, this command must be issued to the target (R2) volume to ensure that all of the R1 device tracks are considered valid from the perspective of the target (R2) volume. Conversely, when the synch direction is set to R1<R2, this command must be issued to the source (R1) volume to ensure that all of the R2 device tracks are considered valid from the perspective of the source (R1) volume. For more information, refer to ZURDF INValidate on page 4-105 and Testing Recovery Procedures on page 5-6. If the command is issued to the wrong SRDF device type (for example, to the source (R1) when the synch direction is set R1>R2) or the synch direction is set to NONE, the SRDF Controls processor returns a return code of x'E1' for the first volume to which the command is issued and terminates the process for the control unit. Format Parameters
ZURDF VALidate [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

C M E
VALidate LOCal REMote SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Set partner device invalid tracks to zero. A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix unit furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc

Additional Information

This command updates the invalid track table to remove all invalid track flags for all tracks residing on the SRDF partner device. Once

4-160

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

this action is taken, all tracks on the SRDF partner volume are considered to be valid from the point of view of the volume to which the command was issued. Keep in mind that in an SRDF configuration, both Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables for both the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. Online help is available for this command by entering the following:
ZURDF Help VALidate

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF VALidate

4-161

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 20.24.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 06 R/O B2 1328 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 06 R/O B2 1266 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 06 R/O B2 1348 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 06 R/O B2 24071 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 06 R/O B2 15218 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 06 R/O B2 17202 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 06 R/O B2 18464 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 06 R/O B2 1050 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 06 R/O B2 1532 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 06 R/O B2 1545 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 06 R/O B2 1512 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 06 R/O B2 1500 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 06 R/O B2 1487 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 06 R/O B2 1472 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 06 R/O B2 1479 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 06 R/O B2 1501 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 06 R/O B2 1509 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 06 R/O B2 1532 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 06 R/O B2 1541 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 06 R/O B2 1551 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 06 R/O B2 1547 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 06 R/O B2 1584 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 06 R/O B2 1593 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 06 R/O B2 1623 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 06 R/O B2 1617 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 06 R/O B2 1641 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 06 R/O B2 1605 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 06 R/O B2 1525 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 06 R/O B2 1575 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 06 R/O B2 1530 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 06 R/O B2 1519 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 06 R/O B2 1316 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 06 R/O B2 977 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 06 R/O B2 985 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 06 R/O B2 988 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 06 R/O B2 979 0 0000 End of Display Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-162

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 20.32.11 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 198 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 203 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 243 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 TNR-SS B1 0 262 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF VALidate

4-163

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action

With synchronization direction set to R1>R2, set target R2 partner device invalid tracks to zero in all remote Symmetrix unit in all Sets in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF VAL REM GRO-R1BCV

User System

CSMP0097I 20.34.18 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 20.34.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG0 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group R1BCV Set RAG1 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 20.34.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Validate for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.34.25 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Validate for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.36.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Validate for Set RAG0 CSMP0097I 20.36.15 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Validate for Set RAG1 CSMP0097I 20.36.19 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group R1BCV Validate active Start Time : 20.34.25 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG0 000185400212 3340 36 0 0 0000 RAG1 000185400212 3340 36 0 0 0000 End of Display URDF1003I SRDF Validate completed

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-164

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 20.37.55 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 06 R/O B2 0 198 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 06 R/O B2 0 203 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 06 R/O B2 0 243 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 06 R/O B2 0 262 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 06 R/O B2 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 06 R/O B2 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 06 R/O B2 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 06 R/O B2 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 06 R/O B2 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 06 R/O B2 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF VALidate

4-165

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG0 in SRDF group R1BCV. ZURDF DIS GRO-R1BCV SET-RAG0

CSMP0097I 20.38.35 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 00D8 00D8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 198 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00D9 00D9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 203 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DA 00DA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 243 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DB 00DB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DC 00DC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DD 00DD 00 TNR-SS B1 0 262 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DE 00DE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00DF 00DF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E0 00E0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E1 00E1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E2 00E2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E3 00E3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E4 00E4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E5 00E5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E6 00E6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E7 00E7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E8 00E8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00E9 00E9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EA 00EA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EB 00EB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EC 00EC 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00ED 00ED 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EE 00EE 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00EF 00EF 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F0 00F0 00 TNR-SS B1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F1 00F1 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F2 00F2 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F3 00F3 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F4 00F4 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F5 00F5 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F6 00F6 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F7 00F7 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F8 00F8 00 TNR-SS B1 0 248 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00F9 00F9 00 TNR-SS B1 0 246 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FA 00FA 00 TNR-SS B1 0 247 0000 N/A 0000 0000 00FB 00FB 00 TNR-SS B1 0 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-166

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

ZURDF WRIteenable
This functional command is used to alter the device state of source (R1) devices to read/write enable. Requirements and Restrictions The devices to which this SRDF operation is directed must be source (R1) devices. The target (R2) devices, with which the source (R1) devices are paired, must be in read only state.
ZURDF WRIteenable [LOCal|REMote] GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh] [CNT-dddd]

Format Parameters

WRIteenable LOCal REMote GROup-cccccccc SET-cccccccc SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd

Alter the state of the source (R1) devices to R/W enable. A locally attached Symmetrix unit or the Symmetrix unit nearest to the locally attached Symmetrix in the specified Set and SRDF group. The Symmetrix furthest from the locally attached Symmetrix unit in the specified Set and SRDF group. The user defined SRDF group. The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair. Starting Symmetrix device number. Number of Symmetrix devices.

Additional Information

Online help is available for this command by entering the following:

C M E

ZURDF Help WRIteenable

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF WRIteenable

4-167

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Examples
Action User System CSMP0097I 22.23.58 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0000 0024 03 RWD-SS L1 0 972 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0001 0025 03 RWD-SS L1 0 953 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0002 0026 03 RWD-SS L1 0 58 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0003 0027 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0004 0028 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0005 0029 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0006 002A 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0007 002B 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0008 002C 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0009 002D 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000A 002E 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000B 002F 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000C 0030 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000D 0031 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000E 0032 03 RWD-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000F 0033 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0010 0034 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0011 0035 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0012 0036 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0013 0037 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0014 0038 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0015 0039 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0016 003A 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0017 003B 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0018 003C 03 RWD-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0019 003D 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001A 003E 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001B 003F 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001C 0040 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001D 0041 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001E 0042 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001F 0043 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0020 0044 03 RWD-SS L1 0 58 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0021 0045 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0022 0046 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0023 0047 03 RWD-SS L1 0 57 0000 End of Display Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG3 in SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DIS GRO-UVAS1 SET-RAG3

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-168

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all target (R2) devices in the remote Symmetrix unit in Set RAG3 in SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DIS REM GRO-UVAS1 SET-RAG3

CSMP0097I 22.31.47 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0024 0000 03 R/O R2 0 972 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0025 0001 03 R/O R2 0 953 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0026 0002 03 R/O R2 0 58 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0027 0003 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0028 0004 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0029 0005 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002A 0006 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002B 0007 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002C 0008 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002D 0009 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002E 000A 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 002F 000B 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0030 000C 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0031 000D 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0032 000E 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0033 000F 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0034 0010 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0035 0011 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0036 0012 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0037 0013 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0038 0014 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0039 0015 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003A 0016 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003B 0017 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003C 0018 03 R/O R2 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003D 0019 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003E 001A 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 003F 001B 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0040 001C 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0041 001D 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0042 001E 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0043 001F 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0044 0020 03 R/O R2 0 58 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0045 0021 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0046 0022 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0047 0023 03 R/O R2 0 57 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF WRIteenable

4-169

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Alter the state of the source R1 devices in all local Symmetrix units in SRDF group UVAS1 to read/write enabled. ZURDF WRI GRO-UVAS1

CSMP0097I 22.46.27 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started CSMP0097I 22.46.33 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG2 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG2 URDF1043I Local CU 000184505047 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG3 URDF1045I Remote CU 000185400212 discovered for Group UVAS1 Set RAG3 URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed CSMP0097I 22.46.33 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Writeenable for Set RAG2 CSMP0097I 22.46.33 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing Writeenable for Set RAG3 CSMP0097I 22.46.34 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Writeenable for Set RAG2 CSMP0097I 22.46.34 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing Writeenable for Set RAG3 CSMP0097I 22.46.37 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 URDF1031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group UVAS1 Writeenable active Start Time : 22.46.33 Date : 06/12/02 Opr ________Operation Status ________ Opr RC Set Name CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started Summary RAG2 000184505047 3340 10 26 0 0000 RAG3 000184505047 3340 6 30 0 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-170

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Action User System

Display all source (R1) devices in the local Symmetrix unit in Set RAG3 in SRDF group UVAS1. ZURDF DIS GRO-UVAS1 SET-RAG3

CSMP0097I 22.47.16 CPU-A SS-BSS SSU-SSU0 IS-01 E1RQ0003I RDF Device ITRK Display MDBF Symb This Othr RA Device Opr SSN Mod SDA Dev Dev GP Status MR R1 Itrk R2 Itrk rc N/A 0000 0000 0000 0024 03 R/W-SS L1 0 953 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0001 0025 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0002 0026 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0003 0027 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0004 0028 03 R/W-SS L1 0 798 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0005 0029 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0006 002A 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0007 002B 03 R/W-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0008 002C 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0009 002D 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000A 002E 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000B 002F 03 R/W-SS L1 0 57 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000C 0030 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000D 0031 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000E 0032 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 000F 0033 03 R/W-SS L1 0 514 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0010 0034 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0011 0035 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0012 0036 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0013 0037 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0014 0038 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0015 0039 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0016 003A 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0017 003B 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0018 003C 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0019 003D 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001A 003E 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001B 003F 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001C 0040 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001D 0041 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001E 0042 03 R/W-SS L1 0 0 0000 N/A 0000 0000 001F 0043 03 R/W-SS L1 0 269 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0020 0044 03 R/W-SS L1 0 511 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0021 0045 03 R/W-SS L1 0 2135 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0022 0046 03 R/W-SS L1 0 1078 0000 N/A 0000 0000 0023 0047 03 R/W-SS L1 0 1532 0000 End of Display

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF WRIteenable

4-171

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

SRDF Commands Summary


Table 4-2

SRDF Commands Summary Description

Action

Parameters

Valid Volume Typea

TARget

RW

R2/L2/B2 Make target (R2) volume(s) read and write enabled. This allows a target (R2) volume to DR2/DL2 be written to from the channel. DB2 R2/L2/B2 Make target (R2) volume(s) read-only. When a target (R2) volume is in this state, any DR2/DL2 attempt to issue a write from the host produces an I/O error. DB2 R2/L2/B2 Make target (R2) volume(s) ready to the host. DR2/DL2 DB2

RO

RDY

NRDY

R2/L2/B2 Make target (R2) volume(s) not ready. In this state, the target (R2) volume responds DR2/DL2 intervention required to the host for all read and write operations to that volume. This is the default state for a target (R2) volume. DB2 R1/L1/B1 Set source (R1) volume to the synchronous mode. This is an SRDF mode of operation DR1/DL1 that ensures 100% synchronized mirroring between the two Symmetrix units. Please note that this value does not need to be reset following an IML. DB1

MODe

SYNCb

SEMIb

ADCW

C M E

R1/L1/B1 Set source (R1) volume to the semi-synchronous mode. This is an SRDF mode of DR1/DL1 operation that provides an asynchronous mode of operation. Please note that this value does not need to be reset following an IML. DB1

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

R1/L1/B1 Place the specified volume(s) in Adaptive Copy Write Pending mode. When this DR1/DL1 attribute is enabled, Symmetrix acknowledges all writes to source (R1) volumes as if they were local volumes. Please note that this value must be reset following an IML. DB1 R1/L1/B1 Place the specified volume(s) in Adaptive Copy Disk mode. When this attribute is DR1/DL1 enabled, Symmetrix acknowledges all writes to source (R1) volumes as if they were DB1 local volumes. Please note that this value must be reset following an IML. R1/L1/B1 Disable Adaptive Copy mode for source (R1) volume. Please note that when switching DR1/DL1 from the Disk mode to Write Pending mode or from Write Pending mode to Disk mode, DB1 this command must first be used before setting the new Adaptive Copy mode. Please note that when this command is issued to remove a volume from Adaptive Copy mode, the state change will not take place until the volumes are synchronized.

ADCD

NADC

4-172

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Table 4-2

SRDF Commands Summary (continued)

RDY

Set volume RDF ready to the host. This action is valid for both source (R1) and target R1/R2 (R2) volumes. L1/L2 B1/B2 DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2 R1/R2 L1/L2 B1/B2 DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2 skew value R1/L1 DR1/DL1 DB1 Set volume RDF not ready to the host. This action is valid for both source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. When a volume is set RDF not ready, (RNR in the device status of the ZURDF DISplay command output) any attempt to perform I/O to the volume from the host will result in an intervention required status. This command action may be used during R2 Read/Write testing to prevent host access during critical phases of recovery. Set the Adaptive Copy maximum skew value for the volume(s). The maximum skew value may be specified in the range of 1-65535. This command may only be entered when the volume is in one of the supported Adaptive Copy modes. Please note that setting this value too high in Adaptive Copy Write Pending mode could result in excessive cache use adversely affecting subsystem performance. Suspend SRDF operation on specified volume. If the volume is already suspended, or in RDF Write Disable status, this action is ignored. If the volume is configured for the Adaptive Copy mode, that volume will be suspended immediately. All Adaptive Copy skew tracks that have not been sent to the target (R2) volume will become invalid and will not be sent until resynchronization begins after a RESume command. Resume SRDF operation on specified RDF pair(s).

NRDy

ADMA AWMA

SUSpendc

R1/L1 DR1/DL1 DB1

RESume

R1/L1 DR1/DL1 DB1

VALidate

R1/R2 L1/L2 B1/B2 DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Updates the invalid track table to remove all invalid track flags for all tracks residing on the SRDF partner device. Once this action is taken, all tracks on the RDF partner volume are considered to be valid from perspective of the volume to which the command was issued. Keep in mind that in an RDF configuration, both Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables for both the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, this command may be issued to the target (R2) volume to ensure that all of the R1 device tracks are considered valid from the perspective of the target (R2) volume. Synchronization will commence after a subsequent INValidate command is issued to the source (R1) volume(s). Conversely, when the synch direction is set to R1<R2, this command may be issued to the source (R1) volume to ensure that all of the R2 device tracks are considered valid from the perspective of the source (R1) volume. Synchronization will commence after a subsequent INValidate command is issued to the target (R2) volume(s).

SRDF Commands Summary

4-173

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

4
Table 4-2

SRDF Commands Summary (continued) This command is issued after a VALidate when all tracks on the RDF partner volume are considered to be invalid from the perspective of the volume to which the command was issued. Keep in mind that in an RDF configuration, both Symmetrix units maintain their own invalid track tables for both the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, this command may be issued to the source (R1) volume to ensure that all of the R2 tracks are considered invalid from the perspective of the source (R1) volume. When the synch direction is set to R1<R2, this command may be issued to the target (R2) volume to ensure that all of the R1 tracks are considered invalid from the perspective of the target (R2) volume. This command causes only the updated tracks to be refreshed from the RDF partner volume. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, invalid tracks are to be refreshed from the Source (R1) volume to the target (R2) volume. Enter the REFresh command for the target (R2) volume(s). Synchronization will commence after a subsequent RFRresume command is issued to the source (R1) volume(s). When synch direction is set to R1<R2, invalid tracks are to be refreshed from the target (R2) volume to the source (R1) volume. Enter the REFresh command to the source (R1) volume(s). Synchronization will commence after a subsequent RFRresume command is issued to the target (R2) volume(s). This command is issued after a REFresh command to commence synchronization of the tracks updated since RDF operations were last suspended. When the synch direction is set to R1>R2, this command may be issued to the source (R1) volume to ensure that all of the R2 tracks are considered invalid from the perspective of the source (R1) volume. When the synch direction is set to R1<R2, this command may be issued to the target (R2) volume to ensure that all of the R1 tracks are considered invalid from the perspective of the target (R2) volume.

INValidate

R1/R2 L1/L2 B1/B2 DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2

REFresh

R1/R2 L1/L2 B1/B2 DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2

RFRresume

WRIteenable

C M E

R1/R2 L1/L2 B1/B2 DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

R1/L1/B1 This command is issued to a source (R1) volume that has a device status of RWD as DR1/DL1 displayed in the ZURDF DISplay command. Before issuing this command, you must set DB1 the target (R2) volume to RO status. This command will clear the RWD status and allow the RDF pair to begin synchronization.

4-174

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

Table 4-2

SRDF Commands Summary (continued) This command is issued to the local Symmetrix unit to establish the configured SRDF relationship between dynamic RDF pairs. The parameter value defaults are: R1Mode = SEMI; R1Adc = NADC; R2Rdy = RDY; LCLis = R1

CRTpair

R1Mode R1Adc R2Rdy LCLis

DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2 DRX DLX/DBX

DELpair

DR1/DR2 This command is issued to the local Symmetrix unit to remove the established SRDF DL1/DL2 relationship between dynamic RDF pairs. DB1/DB2 The dynamic source (R1) must be TNR. DRX DLX/DBX R1Mode R1Adc R2Rdy DR1/DR2 DL1/DL2 DB1/DB2 DRX DLX/DBX This command is issued to the local Symmetrix unit to swap the established SRDF relationship between dynamic RDF pairs. The parameter value defaults are: R1Mode = SEMI; R1Adc = NADC; R2Rdy = RDY The dynamic source (R1) must be TNR.

SWAPAIR

a. R1 = source volume, R2 = target volume.

b. Setting SYNC or SEMI does not affect Adaptive Copy mode if in effect. c. To ensure that the remotely mirrored volumes are synchronized, volumes operating in the adaptive copy mode must first be set to a synchronous or semi-synchronous state using the NADC parameter for the MODe command. Use the ZURDF DISplay command to verify that the volumes are in the synchronous or semi-synchronous mode prior to issuing the SUSpend command.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Commands Summary

4-175

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp4.fm


SRDF Commands

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4-176

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

5
SRDF Procedures

This chapter outlines the steps involved in performing data recovery procedures in an SRDF environment.

Getting Started....................................................................................5-2 Recovering Using Operational Host ...............................................5-3 Testing Recovery Procedures ...........................................................5-6

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Procedures

5-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Getting Started
!
CAUTION The procedures in this chapter are examples only and do not take every circumstance into consideration. EMC recommends that you develop and validate any and all procedures specific to their own environment. Before attempting any of the procedures in this chapter, please review the following:

All Symmetrix units communicating with each other in an SRDF configuration must be at the same microcode level. In this chapter, please note that cuu refers to the TPF symbolic device address of the device and dev# refers to the Symmetrix device number. The following Symmetrix configuration parameters must be specified: Enable Links Domino: Prevent auto links recovery after all links failure?: Force RAs Links off-line after power-up?:
Contact your EMC Customer Support Engineer to verify.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

NO YES YES

CAUTION Your configuration, the specific nature of the outage, and any special circumstances that may exist will dictate the specific recovery steps that are required. ALWAYS contact the EMC Customer Support Center for assistance in a recovery situation. EMC personnel are trained for proper handling of these situations. An incorrect action during the recovery process can result in data corruption.

5-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Recovering Using Operational Host


This section describes an example of procedures to be performed in an actual recovery situation. The following site definitions are used throughout these procedures:

Non-Operational site: host and Symmetrix unit containing source (R1) volumes that experienced an outage. Operational site: host and Symmetrix unit containing target (R2) volumes to be brought online.

Making the Operational Site Available

To write-enable all target (R2) volumes to the host at the operational site using SRDF Controls at the non-operational host, perform these steps: 1. Suspend SRDF operation/synchronization by entering the following command:
ZURDF SUS GRO-cccccccc

2. Write-enable all volumes on the operational Symmetrix unit with an R2 designation by entering the following command:
ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc PAR-RW

C M E

3. Set all target (R2) volumes to a ready state to the operational host by entering the following command:
ZURDF RDY REM GRO-cccccccc

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

and/or:
ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc PAR-RDY

4. Disable the links by either disabling the RLD switches on both Symmetrix, disconnecting the link cables, or by entering the following command:
ZURDF LINK GRO-cccccccc PAR-OFF

Recovering Using Operational Host

5-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
When Non-Operational Site Becomes Available
When the host and Symmetrix unit at the non-operational site are ready to be brought back online, perform the following steps:
Remember that before read/write operations to the source (R1) volumes can be resumed, all target (R2) volumes must be set to read-only.

At the operational site, with access to but not running on the target (R2), perform these steps: 1. Stop I/O operations with the operational Symmetrix unit. 2. Make all target (R2) volumes on the operational Symmetrix unit read-only and optionally not ready to the operational host (as per the original configuration) by entering the following command:
ZURDF TAR GRO-cccccccc PAR-RO

and optionally:
ZURDF NRDY GRO-cccccccc

3. Enable the Remote Link Directors on the operational Symmetrix unit by either enabling the RLD switches on both Symmetrix, connecting the link cables, or by entering the following command:
ZURDF LINK GRO-cccccccc PAR-ONL

C M E

At the site of the original outage (non-operational host and Symmetrix unit) perform these steps: 1. Disable the channel directors and RLDs on the non-operational Symmetrix unit to prevent host I/O processing until ready for synchronization. 2. Reconnect the link cables if they were previously disconnected. 3. Power up the newly-operational Symmetrix unit.
At this point the EMC technician will verify that no invalid tracks exist and that the Symmetrix unit is ready for resynchronization.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. Enable the Remote Link Directors. The two Symmetrix units begin synchronizing. When the links synchronize, the previously operational Symmetrix unit begins copying its data to the newly operational Symmetrix unit.

5-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Once synchronization has begun, the newly operational Symmetrix can be made available for host I/O processing. 5. Enable the channel directors. 6. IPL the newly operational host system. You can track the resynchronization process by initializing the SRDF Controls data structures: ZURDF INI CLEAR and ZURDF CONfig and issuing display commands to the relative Set(s). For example:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Recovering Using Operational Host

5-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Testing Recovery Procedures


In a normal SRDF device relationship, the source (R1) device may be synchronized with its target (R2) device or it may contain updated tracks which the RLD has not yet sent to the target (R2) device (semi-synchronous or adaptive copy state). In addition, in a normal operating environment, the target (R2) volume is in a read-only mode. R1>R2 resynchronization describes a process by which any updates to the target (R2) volume made during read/write testing are discarded, and updates made to the source (R1) volume during that same time are sent to the target (R2) volume. R1<R2 resynchronization describes a process by which any updates to the source (R1) volume made during read/write testing to the target (R2) volume are discarded, and updates made to the target (R2) volume are sent to the source (R1) volume. Resynchronization control is a result of the SYNCH_DIRECTION setting and the sequence of SRDF Controls commands issued in the procedures that follow. SYNCH_DIRECTION is not saved in Symmetrix. You can test recovery procedures by enabling write operations to the target (R2) volumes. The procedures in this section show how to do this and how to resynchronize your RDF pairs, and resume normal operations when testing is completed. The following procedures are provided:

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

When performing the procedures described in this chapter, you will be directed to issue commands either at the host with access to the source (R1) device or at the host with access to but not running on the target (R2) device.

In concurrent RDF configurations special considerations apply. The procedures in this chapter are designed to apply to only one of the partner (R2) devices at a time. If both partner devices (R2) have been updated, the partner (R2) whose changes are to be retained must be determined. The procedures are then to be executed completely for this partner (R2). At that time the process to discard the other partner (R2) updates should be performed.

5-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

This section contains the following procedures:


Procedure 1: Performing R2 Read/Write Testing on page 5-8 Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10 Procedure 3-R1: Performing R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes on page 5-13 Procedure 3-R2: Performing R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes on page 5-16 Procedure 4-R1: Performing R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes on page 5-19 Procedure 4-R2: Performing R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes on page 5-21 Procedure 5-R1: Performing R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes on page 5-24 Procedure 5-R2: Performing R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes on page 5-26 Procedure 6-R1: Performing R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes on page 5-28 Procedure 6-R2: Performing R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes on page 5-30

C M E

The following conventions are used in these procedures: dev# = Symmetrix device number R1 = source volume R2 = target volume GRO-cccccccc = The user defined SRDF Group SET-cccccccc = The user defined SET identifying an SRDF pair

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 1: Performing R2 Read/Write Testing
Before performing R2 Read/Write testing, you must first synchronize the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes, suspend SRDF operations between the devices, write-enable the target (R2) volumes, and then make the devices ready.
Any source (R1) volumes configured in the Adaptive Copy mode may have a number of tracks (up to the value of the Adaptive Copy Skew) that have not been synchronized.

To ensure complete synchronization prior to suspending SRDF operations, Adaptive Copy must be disabled, and all tracks allowed to synchronize. This synchronization can be verified with the ZURDF DIS (ADC) command. When all tracks have been synchronized, volumes will return to their default mode (synchronous or semi-synchronous) and no longer list when the ZURDF DIS command is run. Use the ZURDF DIS command to verify that the volumes are in the synchronous or semi-synchronous mode prior to issuing the ZURDF SUSPEND command.

1. Suspend SRDF operations for the pair(s), by entering the following command at the host with access to the source (R1) volume(s):
ZURDF SUS GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

2. Write enable the target (R2) volume(s) by entering the following command at the host with access to the source (R1) volume(s):

C M E

ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-RW

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3. If the target (R2) volume is RNR, make the target (R2) volume(s) ready to receive I/O from the host by entering the following command at the host with access to the source (R1) volume(s):
ZURDF RDY REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

If the target (R2) is N/R, make the target (R2) volume(s) ready to receive I/O from the host by entering the following command at the host with access to the source (R1) volumes:
ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-RDY Figure 5-1 on page 5-9 is a representation of the above procedure. Note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

5-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 1 R1
Suspend normal RDF operations between the R1 and R2 volumes.
ZURDF SUS GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] In order to suspend synchronization of tracks from the source to the target device, issue a ZURDF SUS GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] command from the host with access to R1.

R2

Enable the R2 volume for WRITE operations.

Write-enable the R2 volume


ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-RW

Many installations run with the R2 volume set not ready to the host. Any attempt to do I/O to the host in this mode, will result in an I/O error. By making the R2 volume ready, you will enable the host to issue I/O request to the device.

Make the R2 volume ready to accept I/O from the host


ZURDF RDY REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] and/or ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-RDY

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Perform your read/write testing. During this process, the R2 volume will accumulate R1 invalid tracks. If write operations are going on at this point on the R1 side, the R1 volume will accumulate R2 invalid tracks.

IPL the host to run on the target (R2) volumes and proceed with R/W testing.

When R2 read/write testing is complete, the R2 volume will be in a Read/Write state, ready to the host, and will reflect R1 invalid tracks. During this process the R1 volume has been available to its host and may reflect R2 invalid tracks. Go to procedure 2 to determine the appropriate actions to resynchronize the RDF pair.

Go to Procedure: 2

Figure 5-1

R2 Read/Write Test

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method
This procedure is a prerequisite for procedures 3, 4, 5, and 6.

Select the appropriate procedure for resynchronization of the source (R1) and the target (R2) and resume normal operations. This procedure will set the target (R2) volume to the read-only mode and not ready for host access.
The recovery procedures require that SRDF activity be suspended (RDF-SUSP) and that the RDF links be operational. The first step in procedure 1 is to suspend SRDF operations using the ZURDF SUS LOC GRO-cccccccc command. If the RDF links have been physically disconnected (due to link failure or intentional action) prior to executing step 1 of procedure 1 to SUSPEND the volumes, then an ZURDF SUS LOC GRO-cccccccc command must be issued to suspend the volumes before the RDF links are physically reconnected and before beginning the resynchronization processes of procedure 2 and procedures 3, 4, 5, or 6.

1. Make the target (R2) volume(s) read-only, by entering the following command:
ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-RO

2. Determine the invalid tracks of each source (R1) and target (R2) volume involved in R2 read/write testing, by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS [REM] GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. Choose your synchronization procedure from Table 5-1, based on the state of the remotely mirrored pair and the desired scope of the synchronization (i.e. changed tracks or full volume).

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

5-10

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Table 5-1

Select a Synchronization Procedure Scope

R1 indicates R2 Invalid Tracks N Y Y -------

R2 indicates R1 Invalid Tracks N N N Y Y

Discard Updates To ---NONE R1 NONE/R1 R2

Full Volume Procedure 3 Procedure 3 Procedure 4 Procedure 4 Procedure 3

Changed Tracks RESUME RESUME Procedure 6 Procedure 6 Procedure 5

If circumstances encountered during your testing prevent you from determining the correct procedure to follow, or if you encounter unexpected results, contact the EMC Customer Support Center for assistance.

Figure 5-2 on page 5-12 is a representation of the above procedure. Note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-11

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 2: R1
The R2 volume is ready and read/write enabled. The R1 is SUSPENDED. From Procedure: 1

R2
Make the R2 volume read-only ZURDF TAR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-RO

Does the R1 volume indicate any R2 invalid tracks?

Issue an ZURDF DIS [REM] GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR] command for both the R1 and R2 volumes to determine the Invalid track status. No

Does the R2 volume indicate any R1 invalid tracks?

Yes

No

Discard R1 updates?

You must choose whether you want to keep the updates made to the R2 Yes device during R/W testing. If you choose to keep the R2 updates, any updates that were made to the R1 volume after the SUSPEND will be discarded. No Discard R2 updates?

No Resume normal RDF operations. From the host with access to the R1 volume The R2 volume ZURDF RFR GROindicates no cccccccc [SETR1 invalid cccccccc] tracks. Any updates to R1 will be sent to DONE R2.

Yes

C M E

N O C
Go to Procedure :4

N E FID
Changed tracks

L A TI
Yes

Is the scope full volume or only changed tracks

Is the scope full volume or only changed tracks Changed tracks Full volume
Go to Procedure :6 Go to Procedure :3 Go to Procedure :5

Full volume

Procedure: 4 will use the VALIDATE and INVALIDATE commands to resynch R1<R2

Procedure: 6 will use the REFRESH and REFRESHRESUME commands to resynch R1<R2

Procedure: 3 will use the VALIDATE and INVALIDATE commands to resynch R1>R2

Procedure: 5 will use the REFRESH and REFRESHRESUME commands to resynch R1>R2

Figure 5-2

Synchronization Method

5-12

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 3-R1: Performing R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes

This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write activity. All updates to the target (R2) volume that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the source (R1) volume will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on the host with access to the source (R1) volumes.

1. Set the current synchronization direction from source to target (R1 >R2) by entering the following commands at the host with access to the source (R1) volumes:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. For all target (R2) volumes with non-zero R1 INV_TRKS values: Validate all invalid tracks for the source (R1) volume(s) on the target (R2) volume by entering the following command:
ZURDF VAL REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. Verify all target (R2) volumes have an R1 INV_TRKS value equal to 0 by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

5. For all source (R1) volumes whose target (R2) volumes were write-enabled and had an R1 INV_TRK value greater than 0 (prior to step 2 above): Invalidate all valid tracks for the target (R2) volume on the source (R1) volume by entering the following command:
ZURDF INV GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-13

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
When the Invalidate completes, the R2 Invalid track count will go to max for the device, the TNR status will go away, and resynchronization will begin. The SRDF Monitor will monitor the process of invalidating all target tracks until complete. This may take several minutes per device in a busy Symmetrix. 6. Monitor the resynchronization process until complete, by entering the following command at the host with access the source (R1) volumes:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR Figure 5-3 on page 5-15 is a representation of the above procedure. Note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

5-14

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 3-R1:
From Procedure: 2

R1

The R2 volume is not ready and read/ only. The R1 is SUSPENDED. Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction to R1>R2.

R2

Set the current synch_direction to R1>R2.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

Set the current synch_direction to R1>R2.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

From the host with access to the R1 volume, use the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

Determine which target (R2) volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E
For each selected R1, set all R2 tracks invalid.
ZURDF INV GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

From the host with access to the R1 volumes, either enter the validate action code for all Sets in the SRDF Group, or enter the validate for one or more R2 volumes with accumulated R1 invalid tracks for one or more Sets in the SRDF Group. This command clears the invalid track indicators for all R1 tracks. From the host with access to the R1 volume, use the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to verify that all R2 volumes indicate zero R1 invalid tracks.

N O C

N E FID

For each R2 volume with R1 invalid tracks set all R1 tracks valid:
ZURDF VAL REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

L A TI

Verify that all R2 volumes reflect zero R1 invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

DONE

From the Host with access to the R1 volumes, for each R1 whose partner R2 volume was validated above, set all R2 tracks invalid. The SRDF monitor will monitor the process of invalidating all R2 tracks. This may take several minutes on a heavily loaded controller. You may monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF DIS command.

Figure 5-3

R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R1 Volumes

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-15

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 3-R2: Performing R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes
This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write host activity. All updates to the target (R2) volume that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the source (R1) volume will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered from the host with access to but not running on the target (R2) volumes.

1. Set the current synchronization direction from source to target (R1 >R2) by entering the following commands at the host with access to the source (R2) volumes:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. For all target (R2) volumes with non-zero R1 INV_TRKS values: Validate all invalid tracks for the source (R1) volume(s) on the target (R2) volume by entering the following command:

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

ZURDF VAL GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

4. Verify all target (R2) volumes have an R1 INV_TRKS value equal to 0 by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

5. For all source (R1) volumes whose target (R2) volumes were write-enabled and had an R1 INV_TRK value greater than 0 (prior to step 2 above). Invalidate all valid tracks for the target (R2) volume on the source (R1) volume by entering the following command:
ZURDF INV REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

5-16

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

When the Invalidate completes, the R2 Invalid track count will go to max for the device, the TNR status will go away, and resynchronization will begin. The SRDF Monitor will monitor the process of invalidating all target tracks until complete. This may take several minutes per device in a busy Symmetrix. 6. Monitor the resynchronization process until complete, by entering the following command at the host with access the source (R1) volumes:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR Figure 5-4 on page 5-18 is a representation of the above procedure. Note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-17

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 3-R2: R1
The R2 volume is not ready and read/only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2

From Procedure: 2

Set the current synch_direction to R1>R2.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction to R1>R2.

Set the current synch_direction to R1>R2.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

From the host with access to but not running on the target (R2) volumes, use the ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks. From the host with access to but not running on the target (R2) volumes, either enter the validate action code for all Sets in the SRDF Group, or enter the validate for one or more R2 volumes with accumulated R1 invalid tracks for one or more Sets in the SRDF Group. This command clears the invalid track indicators for all R1 tracks.

Determine which target (R2) volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E
For each selected R1, set all R2 tracks invalid.
ZURDF INV REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

From the host with access to but not running on the target (R2) volumes, use the ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to verify that all R2 volumes indicate zero R1 invalid tracks.

N O C

N E FID

For each R2 volume with R1 invalid tracks set all R1 tracks valid:
ZURDF VAL GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

L A TI

Verify that all R2 volumes reflect zero R1 invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

DONE

From the Host with access to but not running on the target (R2) volumes, for each R1 whose partner R2 volume was validated above, set all R2 tracks invalid. The SRDF monitor will monitor the process of invalidating all R2 tracks. This may take several minutes on a heavily loaded controller. You may monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF DIS command.

Figure 5-4

R1>R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R2 Volumes

5-18

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 4-R1: Performing R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes

This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write activity. All updates to the R1 device that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the R2 device will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on a host with access to but not running on source (R1) volumes.

1. Set the current synchronization direction from target to source (R1<R2) by entering the following commands:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. For all target (R2) volumes with non-zero R1 invalid tracks, set the R1 invalid track count to max by entering the following command:
ZURDF INV REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. For all target (R2) volumes with non-zero R1 INV_TRKS values: Set R2 invalid tracks to zero and prepare the source (R1) volume for synchronization by entering the following command:
ZURDF VAL GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

When the Validate completes, the R1 Invalid track count will go to max for the device, the TNR status will go away, and resynchronization will begin. 5. IPL the host with access to source (R1) volumes.
Figure 5-5 is a representation of the above procedure. Note that the actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-19

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 4-R1: R1
From Procedure: 2 Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction to R1<R2. The R2 device is not ready and read/only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2

Set the current synch_direction to R1<R2.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

Set the current synch_direction to R1<R2.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

From the host with access to the R1 device, use the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

Determine which target (R2) volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR]

C M E
For each R1 volume whose partner device indicates R1 invalid tracks set all R2 tracks valid:
ZURDF VAL GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

From the host with access to the R1 device, use the ZURDF INV REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]command to flag all R1 tracks invalid.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

For each R2 volume that indicates R1 invalid tracks, set all R1 tracks invalid.
ZURDF INV REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

From the host with acesss to the R1 volumes, use the VALIDATE command to set all R2 tracks valid and prepare the R1 device for resynch from the R2. You may monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF VAL GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] command.

DONE

Figure 5-5

R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R1 Volumes

5-20

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 4-R2: Performing R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes

This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write host activity. All updates to the R1 device that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the R2 device will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on the host with access to but not running on target (R2) volumes.

1. Set the current synchronization direction from target to source (R1<R2) by entering the following commands:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

2. Make the source (R1) device unavailable to the host by entering the following command:
ZURDF NRD REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

C M E

3. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. For all target (R2) volumes with non-zero R1 invalid tracks, set the R1 invalid track count to max by entering the following command:
ZURDF INV GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

5. For all target (R2) volumes with non-zero R1 INV-TRKS values: Set the R2 invalid tracks to zero and prepare the source (R1) volume for synchronization by entering the following command:
ZURDF VAL REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

When the Validate completes, the R1 Invalid track count will go to max for the device, the TNR status will go away, and resynchronization will begin.

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-21

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
6. Make the source (R1) devices available to the host by entering the following command:
ZURDF RDY REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] Figure 5-6 on page 5-23 is a representation of the above procedure. Please note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

5-22

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 4-R2: R1
The R2 device is not ready and read/only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2
From Procedure: 2

Set the current synch_direction to R1<R2.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction to R1<R2.

Set the current synch_direction to R1<R2.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1 From the Host with access to the R1 device, make the R1 device RDFNRDY. Any attempt to issue an I/O request to the device will result in an intervention required status.

Make the R1 device not ready to the host.


ZURDF NRD REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

From the host with access to the R1 device, use the ZURDF DIS GROcccccccc SET-cccccccc TYPITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

For each R1 volume whose partner device indicates R1 invalid tracks set all R2 tracks valid:
ZURDF VAL REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

C M E

From the host with access to the R1 device, use the ZURDF INV GROcccccccc [SETcccccccc]command to flag all R1 tracks invalid.

N O C

N E FID

Determine which target (R2) volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

L A TI

For each R2 volume that indicates R1 invalid tracks, set all R1 tracks invalid.
ZURDF INV GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

From the host with acesss to the R1 volumes, use the VALIDATE command to set all R2 tracks valid and prepare the R1 device for resynch from the R2. You may monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF VAL REM GROcccccccc [SET-cccccccc] command.

Make the R1 available to the host.


ZURDF RDY REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

Once resynchronization has started, make the R1 device ready for access from the host.

DONE

Figure 5-6

R1<R2 Full Volume Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R2 Volumes
Testing Recovery Procedures
5-23

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 5-R1: Performing R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes
This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write host activity. All updates to the target (R2) volume that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the source (R1) volume will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on the host with access to the source (R1) volumes.

1. Set the synchronization direction from source to target (R1>R2) by entering the following commands:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. Flag any tracks that were updated on the R2 as valid on the R1 and invalid on the R2 by entering the following command:
ZURDF REF REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. Resume SRDF operation by entering the following command:


ZURDF RFR GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] Only the tracks that were updated during R2 read/write testing will be copied from R1>R2.

5. Monitor the resynchronization process until complete, by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR Figure 5-7 on page 5-25 is a representation of the above procedure. Please note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

5-24

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 5-R1: R1
From Procedure: 2 The R2 device is not ready and read/only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2

Set the current synch_direction to NONE.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction.

Set the current synch_direction to R1>R2.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

From the host with access to the R2 volume, use the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

Determine which target (R2) volumes have invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

The ZURDF REF command will cause any updated tracks on either of the SRDF partners to be flagged as invalid R2 tracks and valid R1 tracks. No transfer of data will occur at this time.

C M E
Resume normal SRDF operations and commence synchronization
ZURDF RFR GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

For each R2 volume with R1 invalid tracks, set the R1 tracks valid, and flag the corresponding R2 tracks invalid.
ZURDF REF REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

The R2 tracks that are now flagged as invalid will be refreshed from the R1 device. Monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF DIS GROcccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR] command from the Host with access to the R1. The synchronization process is complete.

DONE

Figure 5-7

R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R1 Volumes

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-25

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 5-R2: Performing R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes
This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write host activity. All updates to the target (R2) volume that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the source (R1) volume will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on a host with access to but not running on target (R2) volumes.

1. Set the synchronization direction from source to target (R1>R2) by entering the following commands:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. Flag any tracks that were updated on the R2 as valid on the R1 and invalid on the R2 by entering the following command:
ZURDF REF GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. Resume SRDF operation by entering the following command:


ZURDF RFR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] Only the tracks that were updated during R2 read/write testing will be copied from R1>R2.

5. Monitor the resynchronization process until complete, by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR Figure 5-8 on page 5-27 is a representation of the above procedure. Please note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

5-26

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 5-R2: R1
The R2 device is not ready and read/only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2
From Procedure: 2

Set the current synch_direction to NONE.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction.

Set the current synch_direction to R1>R2.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R1R2

From the host with access to the R2 volume, use the ZURDF DIS GROcccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

Determine which target (R2) volumes have invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

Resume normal SRDF operations and commence synchronization


ZURDF RFR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

C M E

The ZURDF REF command will cause any updated tracks on either of the SRDF partners to be flagged as invalid R2 tracks and valid R1 tracks. No transfer of data will occur at this time.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

For each R2 volume with R1 invalid tracks, set the R1 tracks valid, and flag the corresponding R2 tracks invalid.
ZURDF REF GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

The R2 tracks that are now flagged as invalid will be refreshed from the R1 device. Monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command from the Host with access to the R1.

The synchronization process is complete.

DONE

Figure 5-8

R1>R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to the R2 Volumes

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-27

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 6-R1: Performing R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R1 Volumes
This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write host activity. All updates to the source (R1) volume that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the target (R2) volume will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on a host with access to but not running on source (R1) volumes.

1. Set the synchronization direction from target to source (R1<R2) by entering the following commands:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

C M E

3. Flag any tracks that were updated on the target (R2) volume as valid on the R2 and invalid on the R1 by entering the following command:
ZURDF REF GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

4. Resume SRDF operation by entering the following command:


ZURDF RFR GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] Only the tracks that were updated during R2 read/write testing will be copied from the R2 to the R1.

5. Monitor the resynchronization process until complete, by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR Figure 5-9 on page 5-29 is a representation of the above procedure. Please note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

5-28

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 6-R1: R1
From Procedure: 2 The R2 volume is not ready and read/ only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2

Set the current synch_direction to NONE.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction.

Set the current synch_direction to NONE.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

Determine which source (R1) volumes have invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

From the host with access to the R1 volume, use the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R1 volumes have accumulated R2 invalid tracks, and from the host with access to the R2 volume, use the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

For each R1 volume with R2 invalid tracks or whose partner device indicates R1 invalid tracks, refresh updated tracks from the R2.
ZURDF REF GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

C M E

N O C

N E FID

Determine which target (R2) volumes have invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

L A TI

The ZURDF REF command will cause any updated tracks on either of the SRDF partners to be flagged as invalid R1 tracks and valid R2 tracks. No transfer of data will occur at this time.

Resume Normal SRDF operations:


ZURDF RFR GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

The R1 tracks that are now flagged as invalid will be refreshed from the R2 volume. Monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF DIS GROcccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR] command from the Host with access to the R1. The synchronization process is complete.

DONE

Figure 5-9

R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R1 Volumes
Testing Recovery Procedures
5-29

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5
Procedure 6-R2: Performing R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Host With Access to the R2 Volumes
This procedure applies to Symmetrix units at Microcode level 5x64 and above. Before performing this procedure, ensure that you have successfully completed Procedure 2: Selecting a Synchronization Method on page 5-10.

This procedure will resynchronize the RDF pair after R2 read/write host activity. All updates to the source (R1) volume that were made after the SUSPEND operation was executed will be discarded and all updates to the target (R2) volume will be kept.
This procedure requires that all commands be entered on host with access to but not running on target (R2) volumes.

This procedure requires the R1 devices to be varied offline from all hosts that have access to them. This might not be able to be accomplished on the same host that has access to the R2 devices, so it requires the MVS VARY commands to be issued on ALL hosts with access to the R1 devices.

1. Set the synchronization direction from target to source (R1<R2) by entering the following commands:
ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

and

ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

C M E

2. Identify which target (R2) volumes have a non-zero R1 INV_TRKS value by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

3. Flag any tracks that were updated on the target (R2) volume as valid on the R2 and invalid on the R1 by entering the following command:
ZURDF REF REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

4. Resume SRDF operation by entering the following command:


ZURDF RFR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] Only the tracks that were updated during R2 read/write testing will be copied from the R2 to the R1.

5-30

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

5. Monitor the resynchronization process until complete, by entering the following command:
ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR Figure 5-10 on page 5-32 is a representation of the above procedure. Please note that actions to be performed to the source (R1) volume are shown in the boxes on the left, and actions to be performed to the target (R2) volume are shown in the boxes to the right.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Testing Recovery Procedures

5-31

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Chp5.fm


SRDF Procedures

Procedure 6-R2: R1
The R2 volume is not ready and read/ only. The R1 is SUSPENDED.

R2
From Procedure: 2

Set the current synch_direction to NONE.


ZURDF SYN REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

Use the ZURDF SYN command to set the current synchronization direction.

Set the current synch_direction to NONE.


ZURDF SYN GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] PAR-R2R1

Determine which source (R1) volumes have invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

From the host with access to the R1 volume, use the ZURDF DIS GROcccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITRcommand to determine which R1 volumes have accumulated R2 invalid tracks, and from the host with access to the R2 volume, use the ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR command to determine which R2 volumes have accumulated R1 invalid tracks.

For each R1 volume with R2 invalid tracks or whose partner device indicates R1 invalid tracks, refresh updated tracks from the R2.
ZURDF REF REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

C M E

N O C

N E FID

Determine which target (R2) volumes have invalid tracks.


ZURDF DIS GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-ITR

L A TI

The ZURDF REF command will cause any updated tracks on either of the SRDF partners to be flagged as invalid R1 tracks and valid R2 tracks. No transfer of data will occur at this time.

Resume Normal SRDF operations:


ZURDF RFR REM GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc]

The R1 tracks that are now flagged as invalid will be refreshed from the R2 volume. Monitor the resynchronization process using the ZURDF DIS REM GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYPITR command from the Host with access to the R1. The synchronization process is complete.

DONE

Figure 5-10

R1<R2 Changed Tracks Resynchronization From a Single Host With Access to R2 Volumes

5-32

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

A
Messages

This appendix describes and lists the messages reported by SRDF Controls for TPF, the reason for the message, and the recommended user action.

Message Format ................................................................................A-2 Messages.............................................................................................A-3 Service Information Messages.......................................................A-33

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

Message Format
Messages are in the standard TPF message format and have the following format:
ppppnnnnx hh.mm.ss text

When reading from left to right, this format contains the following parts:
pppp nnnn x Represents the first 4 characters of the segment name or the secondary action code of the associated input message. Represents a unique message number. Represents one of the following severity codes: I A W E T hh.mm.ss text Information only, which indicates the message is a normal response. Action required, which indicates that additional operator action is required. Attention, which indicates an error that could require additional user action. Error, which indicates an error without program shutdown. Termination, which indicates an error with program shutdown.

Time stamp represents the time that the message was built.

C M E

N O C

The text of the message.

N E FID

L A TI

A-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

Messages
URDF0000I SRDF control record restore complete Explanation: The SRDF control records have been restored from the SRDF control backup records. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0001T Invalid device record ordinal Explanation: The SRDF CU control record contains a zero ordinal pointer for the device control record. System Action: The SRDF command is terminated. User Response: SRDF Initialization may be required. URDF0002E Invalid multihop list specified

Explanation: The multi-hop list specified on the CONfig ADD command is not valid, or the mult-hop list stored in the CU control record for the specified SRDF Group and set is not valid. System Action: None.

URDF0003E See SRDF Controls for TPF product guide Appendix C Explanation: An EMC SymmAPI macro call did not complete successfully. System Action: None. User Response: Determine the source and cause of the EMC SymmAPI macro call error and reissue command. URDF0004E SRDF Control records not initialized Explanation: The SRDF control records have not been configured. System Action: None. User Response: Configure the SRDF environment.

C M E

User Response: Re-issue the SRDF CONfig command with a valid multi-hop list describing the RA Group path to the remote Symmetrix unit in an RDF pair, or display the multi-hop list for the SRDF Group and Set and Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0005E FDCTC error during EMC SymmAPI call Check operations or gatekeeper SDA Explanation: An error occurred on an FDCTC macro call during an EMC SymmAPI call. Check the operations or gatekeeper SDA for any problems. System Action: None. User Response: Determine the cause of the FDCTC error, resolve it, and reissue the SRDF command. URDF0006E Requested operation cannot be processed for an unsupported CU Explanation: An SRDF operation was requested for another vendors CU or an unsupported Symmetrix model. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0007E EMC Symmetrix HW/SW incompatibilities

Explanation: One or more Symmetrix in the complex does not meet the minimum HW/SW requirements for the requested SRDF Controls command. System Action: None.

User Response: Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0008E SRDF Master Control Record FACS error

C M E

Explanation: A FACS error has occurred during SRDF master control record retrieval. System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Ensure that the SRDF control records are allocated. SRDF Initialization may be required.

URDF0009E SRDF Device Record FIWHC error Explanation: A FIWHC error has occurred during SRDF device record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF device record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

A-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0010E SRDF data structures may not be cleared while an SRDF command is active Explanation: User issued ZURDF INI CLEAR while an SRDF command is in the process of being issued or monitored. System Action: None. User Response: Use the ZURDF DIS S command to determine the status of the current SRDF operation. URDF0011E SRDF Master Control Record FILNC error Explanation: A FILNC error has occurred when filing the SRDF master control record. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure the SRDF Control Records have been initialized and that the master control record header is not corrupt. URDF0012E SRDF Command Scheduler posted Event name not found

Explanation: The SRDF Command Scheduler attempted to post a non-existent SRDF command event after all SRDF Command Processors had posted completion. System Action: None.

User Response: Determine the status of the SRDF operation. URDF0013E MDBF SS inactive - unable to issue SRDF operation

C M E

Explanation: An MDBF subsystem to which an SRDF operation is to be issued has become inactive during SRDF initialization or validation. System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Ensure all MDBF subsystems for which SRDF operations will be used are active. Reissue the SRDF operation. URDF0014E Specified director not in specified RA group Explanation: The director number and RA group parameters specified on the ZURDF LINk command do not agree. System Action: None. User Response: Determine the correct director number and RA group required and reissue the LINk command.

Messages

A-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0016E Invalid MDBF SS encountered during SRDF initialization or validation Explanation: An invalid MDBF subsystem was encountered during SRDF control record refresh. System Action: None. User Response: Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0017E Symmetrix device number not found in Device Record Explanation: The Symmetrix device number to be processed was not found in the device control record. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure the CU control record associated with the device record does not contain an invalid device counter. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0018E SRDF Control Unit Record FINDC error

Explanation: A FINDC error has occurred during CU control record retrieval. System Action: None.

User Response: Ensure that SRDF control records have been initialized and that the control unit record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0019I SRDF Control record refresh started

C M E

Explanation: The SRDF control record refresh, initiated by all SRDF operations, has started. System Action: None. User Response: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

URDF0020E MDBF subsystem validation unsuccessful Explanation: SRDF Control Record Validation determined that the MDBF subsystem on which the SRDF command was issued is not recorded in the master control record. System Action: None. User Response: Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

A-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0021E Duplicate SRDF Command Scheduler or Monitor Event Previous SRDF Command Event still active Explanation: An SRDF Command has been issued before the Event associated with a previous unsuccessful process has timed out. System Action: None. User Response: Allow enough time to elapse for all SRDF operation events to complete or timeout before issuing the next SRDF operation. URDF0022E Invalid SRDF operation specified Explanation: The SRDF command can not be issued at this time. System Action: None. User Response: Use the ZURDF DIS [LRG|RRG dd] Status|Rstatus command to determine the status of the current SRDF command. URDF0023E SDA out of range

Explanation: The Symbolic Device Address specified in the input message is not in the range of online SDAs for the system. System Action: None.

User Response: Verify the correct SDA range for your system and reenter the request using a valid SDA. URDF0024I SRDF Control record refresh completed

C M E

Explanation: The SRDF control record refresh, initiated by all SRDF operations, has completed. System Action: None. User Response: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

URDF0025E Invalid CU serial number specified Explanation: The specified logical Symmetrix CU serial number is not on-line to the system. System Action: None. User Response: Identify the proper 12-digit logical CU serial number and re-enter. Refer to the ZURDF DISplay CTLrcd-CU command description on page 4-97.

Messages

A-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0026E SRDF operation device is offline. Try again later Explanation: A device to which SRDF operations were to be issued is offline. System Action: None. User Response: Determine the problem with the device and reissue the command for the Symmetrix designated by this SDA. URDF0027I Define complete Explanation: The SRDF DEFine entry has completed successfully. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0028E EMCSA macro call error while validating remote Symmetrix control records Explanation: EMCSA macro call issued for a remote Symmetrix during SRDF control record initialization or validation did not complete successfully. System Action: None.

User Response: Determine cause of EMCSA error and reissue command. URDF0029E An SRDF/A Group may contain only one Set

C M E

Explanation: An attempt was made to add a second Set to an SRDF/A Group. SRDF Controls for TPF supports only single SRDF/A Session or Set configurations. System Action: None User Response: None

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

URDF0030E Invalid SRDF Group specified Explanation: The SRDF Group name specified in the SRDF command is not valid. System Action: None. User Response: Reissue the request specifying a valid SRDF Group. URDF0031E Command disallowed for non-SRDF/A Groups Explanation: An SRDF/Asynchronous command was issued to a non-SRDF/A Group. System Action: None

A-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
User Response: None URDF0032E Unable to add SRDF/A Set to a non-SRDF/A Group Explanation: The RDFGroup specified in the multi-hop list of the CONfig ADD command is an SRDF/A RDFGroup. A pre-existing Set in the SRDF Group is a non-SRDF/A Set. SRDF/A Sets and non-SRDF/A Sets can not coexist in an SRDF Group. System Action: None User Response: None URDF0037I SRDF control record backup complete Explanation: The SRDF control records have been copied to the SRDF control backup records. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0038I SRDF INItialize CLEar complete

Explanation: SRDF Control records have been cleared to allow re-initialization. System Action: None.

User Response: Proceed with SRDF Initialization. URDF0039I SRDF master indicator reset Monitor stopping

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Explanation: SRDF Controls has flagged the monitor for termination. System Action: SRDF Controls terminates the monitor. User Response: None.

URDF0043E SRDF Control Unit Record FACS error Explanation: A FACS error has occurred during SRDF Control Unit record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the SRDF Control records are allocated. Initialization may be required. URDF0044E SRDF Device Record FACS error Explanation: A FACS error has occurred during SRDF Device record retrieval.
Messages
A-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the SRDF Control records are allocated. Initialization may be required. URDF0045E SRDF Control Unit Record FIWHC error Explanation: A FIWHC error has occurred during SRDF Control Unit record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Control Unit record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0046E SRDF Master Control Record FIWHC error Explanation: A FIWHC error has occurred during SRDF Master Control record retrieval. System Action: None.

User Response: Ensure that the SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Master Control record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0047E Processor Resource Ownership Table FINWC error

Explanation: A FINWC error occurred during PROT record retrieval.

URDF0048E Processor Resource Ownership Table FACS error Explanation: A FACS error occurred during PROT record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Contact Coverage. URDF0049E This processor is not the SYMM resource owner Explanation: SRDF operations can only be initiated on the processor which owns the SYMM resource. System Action: None. User Response: Reissue the command on the processor which owns the SYMM resource.
A-10

C M E

System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Contact Coverage.

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0050E SRDF Device Record FINDC error Explanation: A FINDC error occurred during SRDF Device record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the SRDF Control Records have been initialized and that the Device Record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0051E SRDF Master Control Record FINDC error Explanation: A FINDC error occurred during SRDF master control record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF master control record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

URDF0052E SRDF Control Unit Record FILNC error

Explanation: A FILNC error has occurred during SRDF Control Unit record filing. System Action: None.

URDF0053E Device Control Record End of File encountered Explanation: The device item count in the CU control record is greater than the actual number of device items in the Device control record. System Action: None. User Response: Determine if the CU control record or Device control record is corrupt. SRDF initialization may be required. URDF0054E SRDF Group Control Record FILNC error Explanation: A FILNC error occurred during SRDF group control record filing. System Action: None.

C M E

User Response: Ensure that SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Control Unit record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-11

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
User Response: Ensure that SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Group record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0055E SRDF command not issued since configuration acceptance Explanation: ZURDF DISplay GRO-cccccccc STA- has been issued after SRDF configuration has been accepted but before any command has been issued. System Action: None. User Response: Reissue the Status command while an SRDF operation is active for the SRDF Group, or after at least one SRDF operation has completed for the SRDF Group. URDF0056E Heap storage not available. Try again later Explanation: An SRDF operation could not acquire the heap storage necessary to issue the command. System Action: None.

User Response: Try the SRDF operation when the system is less busy. URDF0057E SRDF Command Scheduler time limit exceeded. Scheduler exiting SRDF Command Processors may still be active SRDF Monitor will not be initiated Explanation: The pre-defined SRDF Scheduler Time Limit has been exceeded before all SRDF Processor ECBs have posted completion.

C M E

System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Determine the reason the SRDF Scheduler Time Limit has been exceeded. Define an appropriate SRDF Command Scheduler Time Limit and reissue the SRDF command.

URDF0058E SRDF control record refresh error encountered Explanation: An error occurred during SRDF control record refresh processing. System Action: None. User Response: Determine the cause of the error. Reissue the command or contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0059E SRDF operation already being issued Explanation: An SRDF operation is in the process of being issued. System Action: None.
A-12

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
User Response: Reissue the command after SRDF has completed (issuing) the operation. SRDF0060E SRDF Group Control Record FACS error Explanation: A FACS error has occurred during SRDF group control record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the SRDF control records are allocated. SRDF Configuration may be required. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0061E SRDF Group Control Record FIWHC error Explanation: A FIWHC error has occurred during SRDF Group Control record retrieval. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Group Control record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0062E SRDF Group Control Record FINDC error

Explanation: A FINDC error occurred during SRDF group control record retrieval. System Action: None.

URDF0063I SRDF Monitor not active Use BYPASS to reset SRDF master indicator Explanation: An SRDF RESET command was issued without the BYPASS parameter, but the monitor is inactive. System Action: None. User Response: Reissue the RESET command with the BYPASS parameter. URDF0064I SRDF master indicator reset monitor not active Explanation: The ZURDF RESET [BASE|RANGE] BYPASS command was issued and completed successfully.
Messages

C M E

User Response: Ensure that SRDF Control records have been initialized and that the SRDF group control record header is not corrupt. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A-13

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0065I Unable to mount specified SDA Explanation: A ZURDF CON ADD command was issued specifying an SDA, which could not be mounted to the TPF system. System Action: None. User Response: Reissue the command specifying a valid SDA. URDF0066E Previous SRDF range command is active Explanation: An SRDF range command is already active. System Action: None. User Response: Use the ZURDF DIS [LRG|RRG dd] Rstatus command to determine the status of the current SRDF range command. URDF0067E SSID of Gatekeeper SSID not equal to OPR SDA

Explanation: A ZURDF DEF PAR-ONL|GFL was entered specifying and SDA in an SSID other than the SSID of the current Gatekeeper or OPR SDA. System Action: None.

URDF0068E Invalid SRDF Set specified Explanation: A ZURDF command was issued specifying an invalid SRDF Set. System Action: None. User Response: Reissue the ZURDF command with a valid SRDF Set. URDF0069E Configuration control record FACS error Explanation: The SRDF Configuration control record type #EMCRM or ordinal is not allocated. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Ensure that an adequate number of SRDF Configuration control records #EMCRM are allocated.

C M E

User Response: The SSID of the Gatekeeper SDA must be the same as the SSID of the current Gatekeeper or operations SDA. Reissue the ZURDF DEF command with a valid SDA.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A-14

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0070E Configuration master ctl rcd FACS error Explanation: The SRDF Configuration master control record #EMCRM ordinal 0 or 1 is not allocated System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Ensure that an adequate number of SRDF Configuration control records #EMCRM are allocated. URDF0071E Configuration master ctl rcd FIWHC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FIWHC of the SRDF Configuration master control record #EMCRM ordinal 0. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration master control record header is not corrupt. URDF0072E Configuration master ctl rcd FINDC error

Explanation: An error occurred on the FINDC of the SRDF Configuration master control record #EMCRM ordinal 0. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration master control record header is not corrupt. URDF0073E Configuration cu ctl rcd FACS error

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Explanation: The SRDF Configuration cu control records #EMCRM are not allocated System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Ensure that an adequate number of SRDF Configuration control records #EMCRM are allocated.

URDF0074E Configuration cu ctl rcd FIWHC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FIWHC of a SRDF Configuration cu control record #EMCRM. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration cu control record header is not corrupt.

Messages

A-15

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0075E Configuration cu ctl rcd FINDC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FINDC of a SRDF Configuration cu control record #EMCRM. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration cu control record header is not corrupt. URDF0076E Configuration Device ctl rcd FACS error Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Device control records #EMCRM are not allocated System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Ensure that an adequate number of SRDF Configuration control records #EMCRM are allocated. URDF0077E Configuration Device ctl rcd FIWHC error

Explanation: An error occurred on the FIWHC of a SRDF Configuration Device control record #EMCRM. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration Device control record header is not corrupt. URDF0078E Configuration Device ctl rcd FINDC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FINDC of a SRDF Configuration Device control record #EMCRM. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration Device control record header is not corrupt. URDF0079E Not enough configuration control records Explanation: New hardware was discovered during a Configuration Open command, but there were not enough SRDF Configuration control records #EMCRM allocated to build the control records. System Action: The SRDF Configuration Open command is aborted.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A-16

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
User Response: Allocate an adequate number of SRDF Configuration control records #EMCRM to accommodate the addition of new hardware. URDF0080E Ctlrcd Backup and Restore FACS error Explanation: A FACS error occurred during CTLRCD BACKUP or RESTORE. Target record allocations must be greater than or equal to the source record allocation. System Action: The SRDF CTLRCD command is aborted. User Response: Allocate an adequate number of SRDF Backup Control Records #EMCRB.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-17

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0081E SRDF control record FINDC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FINDC of a SRDF control record #EMCRD during SRDF Configuration control record refresh. System Action: The SRDF Configuration Open command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF control records have been initialized and that the SRDF control record header is not corrupt. URDF0082E Configuration control record FILNC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FILNC of a SRDF configuration control record #EMCRM during SRDF Configuration control record refresh. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration control record header is not corrupt. URDF0083E SRDF master indicator could not be reset Manual reset may be necessary

Explanation: An error occurred on the FIWHC of the SRDF master control record #EMCRD ordinal 0 after processing of a SRDF Configuration command. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted.

C M E

User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF Configuration control records have been initialized and that the SRDF Configuration master control record header is not corrupt. After the reason for the I/O error has been determined it may be necessary to reset the SRDF master control record indicator using the ZURDF RESET command.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

URDF0084I SRDF configuration ctl rcds not refreshed Explanation: A SRDF Configuration Close command was issued before the SRDF Configuration control records had been refreshed with a SRDF Configuration Open command. System Action: The SRDF Configuration Close command is aborted. User Response: Ensure that a Configuration session is open for a BCV Group of a logical subsystem before entering the Configuration Close command for that BCV Group of the logical subsystem.

A-18

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0085E Ctlrcd Backup and Restore source FINDC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FINDC of the source record during a CTLRCD BACKUP|RESTORE command. System Action: The SRDF CTLRCD command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF control records and backup control records have been initialized and that the record header is not corrupt. URDF0086E Remote request initiated by non-SRDF R1 device Explanation: A remote SRDF command was issued to a non-SRDF R1 device in a local Symmetrix. System Action: None. User Response: Define an R1 device as the TPF gatekeeper for the Symmetrix and reissue the command. URDF0087E Remote request with no link available

Explanation: An attempt was made to issue a remote SRDF command across an offline or disconnected RLD link. System Action: None.

User Response: Ensure that the RLD link is online and reissue the command. URDF0088E CNT parameter must be greater than zero

C M E

Explanation: The user issued an SRDF command specifying a count of zero. System Action: The SRDF command is aborted. User Response: Reissue the SRDF command specifying a valid count.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

URDF0089I SRDF configuration verifying sessions not open Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application is verifying that no Configuration sessions are open for any SRDF Groups. System Action: None. User Response: None.

Messages

A-19

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0090I SRDF configuration finalizing RDF groups Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application is finalizing the SRDF Groups. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0091E SRDF R2 device is not ready Explanation: An attempt was made to issue a remote SRDF command to an R1 whose partner R2 device is in a not ready state. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure that the target (R2) device is ready and reissue the command. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0092E SRDF remote call not started Explanation: An SRDF operation issued to a remote Symmetrix failed. System Action: None.

User Response: Contact the EMC Customer Support Center. URDF0093E Unexpected return from EMCSA macro call

Explanation: An unexpected return code was encountered from an EMCSA macro call.

URDF0094I SRDF control records updated Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application is updating the SRDF control records with the new configuration from the SRDF Configuration control records. System Action: None. User Response: None.

C M E

System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

A-20

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0095E SRDF control record migration required Explanation: An SRDF command has been issued and the SRDF control record version does not match the SRDF software version. System Action: The SRDF command is aborted. User Response: Convert the SRDF control records using the conversion procedure outlined in Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls on page 2-13. URDF0096E Ctlrcd Backup and Restore target FILNC error Explanation: An error occurred on the FILNC of the target record during a CTLRCD BACKUP|RESTORE command. System Action: The SRDF CTLRCD command is aborted. User Response: Determine the cause of the I/O error. Ensure that SRDF control records and backup control records have been initialized and that the record header is not corrupt. URDF0097I SRDF configuration command disallowed

Explanation: The SRDF configuration command is disallowed because another SRDF operation was in progress or the SRDF control records are not initialized. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Retry the configuration command after the current SRDF operation is complete. If necessary, initialize SRDF control records using the ZURDF INI CLEar command.

URDF0098I SRDF control record restore started Explanation: The SRDF control records restore has started. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0099I SRDF control record backup started Explanation: The SRDF control records backup has started. System Action: None. User Response: None.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-21

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0100I SRDF configuration ctl rcd refresh initiated Explanation: The first SRDF Configuration Open command in a configuration session has been issued and the SRDF Configuration control records are being refreshed from the SRDF control records. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0101I SRDF configuration inactive groups removed Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command removed any SRDF Groups found to contain no Sets. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0102I SRDF configuration inactive sets removed Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command removed any Sets flagged as removed from all SRDF Groups. System Action: None. User Response: None.

URDF1026I...... CU ............. device .... not for use with SRDF/A

Explanation: The device is not configured with the SRDF/A attribute and may not be added to an SRDF/A Set.

URDF1029I ...... CU ............ device .... is not the specified RDF device Explanation: The device is not configured as the specified RDF device type System Action: None User Response: Correct and retry. URDF0103I SRDF configuration verifying SRDF pairs unique Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application is verifying that no devices are configured more than once in any SRDF Group. System Action: None. User Response: None.
A-22

C M E

System Action: None

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: None

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0104I This side RDF type is incompatible with other side RDF type Explanation: The SRDF Configuration CHAnge/DELete command has been issued and the user has specified device pairs that have incompatible device types. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Correct and retry.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-23

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0105I SRDF configuration finalizing RDF pairs Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application is finalizing the SRDF device pairs. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF0110I Duplicate RDF devices defined within the same SRDF group for CU Serial Number(s): Explanation: SRDF configuration verify discovered one or more devices in the specified control unit are configured more than once in the SRDF group. System Action: None. User Response: Remove any incidents of illegal duplicate devices from the SRDF configuration. URDF0111I Enter ZURDF CONfig VERify CU-ssssssssssss to generate report(s) Explanation: An attempt was made to ACCEPT the SRDF configuration, but it was determined that one or more devices in the specified control unit(s) are configured more than once in the SRDF group. System Action: Configuration ACCEPT is aborted. User Response: Enter ZURDF CONfig VERify for the specified control units. Remove any incidents of illegal duplicate devices from the SRDF configuration and retry the configuration ACCEPT command.

URDF0113I SRDF configuration verifying RDF pairs unique Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application is verifying that no devices are configured more than once in any SRDF group. System Action: None. User Response: None.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A-24

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0114I SRDF migration command disallowed Explanation: An SRDF operation is active or no SRDF groups have been configured. System Action: None. User Response: Let the current operation complete or initialize the SRDF control records and configure. URDF0115I SRDF migration command disallowed while configuration session active Explanation: An SRDF configuration session is active. System Action: None. User Response: Complete or DISCARD current configuration active session. URDF0116I SRDF control record migration started Explanation: An SRDF MIGRATE command has been successfully initiated. System Action: None. User Response: None.

URDF0117I SRDF control record migration completed

Explanation: An SRDF migrate command has been successfully completed.

C M E

System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Accept the migrated configuration filing it down to the SRDF control records. Refer to Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls on page 2-13.

URDF0118I SRDF Group count calculated Explanation: The SRDF Configuration Accept command has been issued and the application has calculated the SRDF group count. System Action: None. User Response: None.

Messages

A-25

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF0999I Valid SRDF Operations are: ADMax, AWMax, CONfig, CTLRCD, CRTpair, DEFine, DELpair, DISplay, INItialize, INValidate, LINk, MIGRATE, MODe, NRDy, RDY, REFresh, RESET, RESTART, RESume, REFresume, SUSpend, SWApair, SYNchd, TARget, VALIdate, WRIteenable

For details enter: ZURDF Help OPERATION For version enter: ZURDF Help VERsion Explanation: This is the normal response to the ZURDF Help functional message System Action: None. User Response: None.

URDF1000I SRDF Control started issuing cccccccccccccc for Set cccccccc Explanation: SRDF Control has started issuing SRDF operation cccccccccccccc to the Set cccccccc. System Action: None.

URDF1001I SRDF Control completed issuing cccccccccccccc for Set cccccccc Explanation: SRDF Control has completed issuing SRDF operation cccccccccccccc to the Set cccccccc. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF1002W Incorrect synch direction for cccccccccccccc operation on Set cccccccc Explanation: The synch direction defined for the Set cccccccc is incompatible with the SRDF operation cccccccccccccc. System Action: None. User Response: Correct the synch direction for all local and remote Symmetrix for which the SRDF operation is to be issued. Reissue the command.
A-26

C M E

User Response: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF1003I SRDF cccccccccccccc completed Explanation: The SRDF operation cccccccccccccc has completed for all Symmetrix in the SRDF group specified by the preceding SRDF command. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF1004W SRDF Controls unable to complete issuing operation cccccccccccccc for Set cccccccc Explanation: SRDF Control has failed issuing SRDF operation cccccccccccccc to one or more devices in the Symmetrix in Set cccccccc. System Action: None. User Response: Determine the reason for the problem by noting the operation return code in the monitor summary display or displaying the status of the SRDF devices in the Symmetrix in the specified Set. URDF1005W Invalid RA group configured for operation cccccccccccccc on Set cccccccc Explanation: The RA group configured between the partner Symmetrix unit in the specified Set is incorrect. SRDF command parameters could not be determined. System Action: None.

URDF1006I SRDF Configuration ccccccccc command complete Explanation: The SRDF Configuration command ccccccccc has completed. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF1007I SRDF Configuration ccccccccc command aborted Explanation: The SRDF Configuration command ccccccccc has been aborted. The error encountered will have been specified in the preceding message. System Action: The SRDF Configuration command is aborted. User Response: Refer to the explanation for the preceding message.

C M E

User Response: Review the multi-hop list configured for the set and change accordingly. Contact the EMC Customer Support Center.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Messages

A-27

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF1013I SRDF Controls unable to issue cccccccccccccc operation for Set cccccccc Explanation: The operation could not be issued to the specified set because there were no devices online in the SSID. System Action: None. User Response: If the operation is intended for the specified set mount a device in the set's SSID and re-issue. URDF1014I SRDF Configuration verification for cccccc CU cccccccccccc Explanation: The SRDF configuration verify command has been issued for the specified CU serial number. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF1025I cccccc CU cccccccccccc device cccc exceeds total volume count Explanation: The SRDF configuration CHAnge/DELete command has been issued. The specified device number exceeds the total volume count for the Symmetrix unit. System Action: None.

User Response: Correct and retry.

URDF1027I cccccc CU cccccccccccc OSDN cccc not paired with specified SDN Explanation: The specified other side RDF device cannot be paired with the specified this side device. System Action: None.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Correct and retry.

URDF1028I cccccc CU cccccccccccc device cccc RA Group mismatch Explanation: The specified device is not configured in the specified Symmetrix RA Group. System Action: None. User Response: Correct and retry. URDF1029I cccccc CU cccccccccccc device is not an RDF device Explanation: The specified device is configured as an SRDF device. System Action: None. User Response: Correct and retry.

A-28

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF1030I cccccc CU cccccccccccc RDF pair with device .... must be deleted Explanation: The specified device has previously been configured. System Action: None. User Response: The device must be deleted prior to being changed. URDF1043I Local CU cccccccccccc discovered for Group cccccccc Set cccccccc Explanation: SRDF Control Record refresh or SRDF Configuration Add command discovered the local Symmetrix unit and device characteristics for the specified SRDF Group and Set. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF1045I Remote CU cccccccccccc discovered for Group cccccccc Set cccccccc Explanation: SRDF Control Record refresh or SRDF Configuration Add command discovered the remote Symmetrix unit and device characteristics for the specified SRDF Group and Set. System Action: None. User Response: None. URDF1049I SRDF Group cccccccc is yyyyyyyy

Explanation: Describes the configuration status of SRDF Group cccccccc.

URDF1050I SRDF Group cccccccc does not contain specified set Explanation: An SRDF CONfig REMove command was issued for a Set not in SRDF Group cccccccc. System Action: None. User Response: Issue the command for a Set that exists in SRDF Group cccccccc.

C M E

System Action: None.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: None.

Messages

A-29

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
URDF1052I SRDF Group cccccccc does not exist Explanation: An SRDF CONfig command was issued for an SRDF Group cccccccc for which a configuration session has not been opened. System Action: None. User Response: Issue the command for an SRDF Group that has been previously configured. URDF1053I SRDF Group cccccccc already contains specified set Explanation: An SRDF CONfig ADD command was issued for an SRDF Group already containing the specified Set System Action: None. User Response: Issue the command for a valid SRDF Group and Set. URDF1054I SRDF Group cccccccc Set cccccccc yyyyyyyyy

Explanation: The SRDF CONfig command yyyyyyyyy was successfully completed for SRDF Group cccccccc Set cccccccc. System Action: None. User Response: None.

URDF1055I SRDF Group ........ hop count <> input Set ........ hop count Explanation: The number of hops specified in the input is not equal to the hop count established for the group. System Action: None.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

User Response: Correct and retry.

URDF1056I SRDF Group ........ already exists Explanation: The specified group name was previously configured. System Action: None. User Response: Correct and retry.

A-30

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
E1Rx0001E Error on SymmAPI call - hhhhyyyy Explanation: The SymmAPI call identified by the hexadecimal code hhhh returned a non-zero return code yyyy. System Action: None. User Response: This message can be issued by segments E1RB, E1RC, E1RH, E1RJ, E1RO, E1R3, E1R7. See return code yyyy description in Appendix C in order to identify the resolution. If the resolution cannot be identified, contact the EMC Customer Support Center. E1RV0001I SS cccc not initialized Explanation: The specified MDBF subsystem became inactive during SRDF validation. System Action: None. User Response: Ensure all subsystems, for which SRDF is intended to be used, remain active throughout the validation process. E1RV0002W nnnn SDAs are offline

Explanation: The specified number of devices was offline during the validation process. System Action: None.

E1RV0003W System call error count was nnnn Explanation: There were nnnn error return codes from EMCSA calls during SRDF initialization. System Action: None. User Response: Determine if the errors resulted in incorrect SRDF Control operation. Determine the cause of the errors and reissue the operation. E1RV0004W nnnn device items were not initialized Explanation: nnnn device record items could not be validated. System Action: None. User Response: Determine if the errors resulted in incorrect SRDF Control operation. Determine the cause of the errors and reissue the operation.
Messages
A-31

C M E

User Response: Ensure the TPF complex is in its preferred configuration. It may be acceptable to run with offline devices.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

A
E1RV0005W Control record refresh matches online modules ONLY with Symmetrix device numbers on the same channel path as the Gatekeeper Explanation: At least one online module is not accessible on the same channel as the gatekeeper, and can not be matched to a Symmetrix device item in the device control records. System Action: Control record refresh and the SRDF operation continue. User Response: The user must be aware that the consequence of this condition is that the MDBF SS and SDA will be displayed as N/A and 0000 respectively for devices that are online, and not addressable on the same channel path as the Gatekeeper device. To avoid this, it is recommended to use a STD device in each logical subsystem as the gatekeeper for that logical subsystem, or avoid the use of a gatekeeper altogether by defining all modules as unsupported to VM.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A-32

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

Service Information Messages


Service Information Messages (SIM) are produced by Symmetrix to report events. The SIM message is sent in response to the first I/O following the occurrence of the event. The device to which this I/O is issued is recorded as the reporting device (DVC). The SIM message contains an exception code describing the abnormal condition in sense bytes x16-x17. This is a hex code identifying the event. The format for SIM messages in TPF is as follows:
CSMP0097I 01.25.54 CPU-A SS-A64 SSU-SSU1 IS-01 CYEM0099E 01.25.54 SIM SCU SERVICE ALERT , RCS SSID-00D2, DVC-0D94,TYPE-33 90,MOD-132,FARF-D4038546,CHR-00C3 04 02, CSW-0200,CCW-E7,SNS-00101000 14008FE0 42000004 72000014 0300012C 00D21467 05104 E00 F1000000

Table A-1 lists the possible SIM codes reported by Symmetrix.


Table A-1

EMC SIM Messages Exception Code 1460 146D 146E Meaning

Dynamic sparing invoked

C M E
147E E454 E461 E462 E465 E473 E474 E475

147D

N O C

All links offline

N E FID

L A TI

All SRDF links operational

Remote link director problem / failure SRDF adapter link operational Volume set to adaptive copy mode Target (R2) volume resynchronized with source (R1) Source (R1) volume resynchronized with target (R2) Resynchronization process has begun R1/L1/ML volume in not ready state R1 volume SRDF write disabled R2 volume in not ready state

Service Information Messages

A-33

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppA.fm


Messages

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

A-34

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPB.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

B
Recovery Procedures

This appendix describes the status of individual SRDF volumes and Remote Link Directors, including their impact on the host, probable cause, and the actions required to return to a normal operating status.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Recovery Procedures

B-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPB.fm


Recovery Procedures

B
Table B-1 provides an explanation of Remote Link Director statuses and their relationship with the host.
Table B-1

Link Status & Recovery Actions to Return to Normal Status

ZURDF DIS ... TYP-LIN CONN Y N STATUS ONLINE ONLINE Host Impact Normal Status No synchronization can take place on this link; if all links are in this status, invalid R2 tracks accumulate on the source (R1) volume. The link cables are physically disconnected, or the remote link director switch is offline, or a ZURDF LINK GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [DIR-dd] STA-OFF command was issued from a TPF system with access to the remote Symmetrix. Ensure that the cables are connected and the remote link director switch is online. Issue ZURDF LINK GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [DIR-dd] STA-ONL from a TPF system with access to the remote Symmetrix. Probable Cause

OFFLINE

No synchronization can take place on this link; if all links are in this status, invalid R2 tracks accumulate on the source (R1) volume.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

A ZURDF LINK GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [DIR-dd] STA-OFF command was issued for the local Symmetrix.

L A TI

Issue a ZURDF LINK GROup-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [DIR-dd] STA-ONL command for the local Symmetrix.

B-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPB.fm


Recovery Procedures

B
Table B-2 provides an explanation of SRDF volume statuses and their relationship with the host.
Table B-2

Volume Status & Recovery

ZURDF DIS ... TYP-MAT CNTLUNIT STATUS R/W-xx-x R/O-xx-x Device Type R1 R2 Actions to Return to Normal Status

Host Impact Normal Status Normal R2 status. The host may read from the target (R2) volume, but all host write I/O will receive a Unit Check error (write disabled).

Probable Cause

The default Symmetrix configuration status for target (R2) volumes. A ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-RO command was issued from the R2 host. A Symmetrix configuration option for target (R2) volumes. A ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-NRDY command was issued from the R2 host.

NR-xx-x

R2

Optional R2 status. The target (R2) volume will not come online during host IPL.

C M E
R/W-xx-x R2

If an I/O is attempted, an intervention required status is returned.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

To set the target (R2) volume into recovery mode (host R/W), issue a A ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-RW command.

Issue a ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-RDY command.

The host may write to the target (R2) volume.

A ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-RW command was issued.

Issue a ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-RO command.

B-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPB.fm


Recovery Procedures

B
Table B-2

Volume Status & Recovery (continued)

ZURDF DIS ... TYP-MAT CNTLUNIT STATUS LNR-xx-x Device Type R1 Actions to Return to Normal Status Issue a ZURDF DISPLAY GRO-cccccccc SET-cccccccc TYP-LIN command. Refer to Table B-1 for recovery procedures. Issue a ZURDF RESUME GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] command.

Host Impact Link not ready, no synchronization will occur, R2 invalid tracks will accumulate on the source (R1) volume.

Probable Cause The link is disabled (see Table B-1 on page B-2).

TNR-xx-x

R1

Target not ready, no synchronization will occur, R2 invalid tracks will accumulate on the source (R1) volume.

A ZURDF SUSPEND GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] command was issued from the R1 host.

RNR-xx-x

R1 or R2

If I/O is attempted, an intervention required status is returned.

C M E
RWD-xx-x R1

N O C

N E FID

A device was operating in domino mode when the links or the RDF partner failed, a ZURDF NRDY GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] command was entered or a target (R2) device went RNR due to the Invalid Track Attribute.

L A TI

Ensure that the links and the partner device are ready, and issue a ZURDF RDY GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc][S DN-hhhh CNT-dddd] command.

Source volume is disabled to the link, no synchronization will occur, R2 invalid tracks will accumulate on the source (R1) volume.

While the links were up and RDF operations were enabled, and the target (R2) volume was read/write enabled, a write was performed to the source (R1) volume.

Set the target (R2) volume to read/only by entering: ZURDF TARGET GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd] PAR-RO and resume normal RDF operations from the source (R1) by entering: ZURDF WRITEENABLE GRO-cccccccc [SET-cccccccc] [SDN-hhhh CNT-dddd]

B-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

C
SRDF Operation Return Codes

This appendix contains information on SRDF return codes. The topic is:

Return Codes ..................................................................................... C-2

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Operation Return Codes

C-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

Return Codes
The return codes are the two bytes found in the Opr RC Summary column in the following SRDF Monitor display:
URDF0031I SRDF Status Display SRDF Group 1 Mode active Start Time : 06.35.21 Date : 07/06/00 Opr _________Operation Status_________ Opr RC CU Serial # SDA Complete In Progress Not Started 000282504400 1460 1 0 0 0000 End of Display

Summary _

The following sections describe the return codes you can receive.

Byte 0 - TPF Return Codes

RC xE0 xE1 xE2 xE3 xE4 xE5 xE6 x'E7'

Description FDCTC error - Check operations or gatekeeper SDA HW/SW incompatible with API Invalid Synchronization Direction Set for issued operation Zero SPT field (SPT base/DBI/MOD/SDA) Unable to allocate ECB Heap Storage - MALOC error SDA offline SDA invalid

Byte 1 - Symmetrix General Return Codes

C M E
xE8 RC 0x00 0x80 0x81 0x82 0x83 0x84 0x85

Invalid RA Group

SDN not found device table

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

If the return code you received is not documented in this section, contact EMC Customer Support for more information.
Description System call succeeded System call is NOT defined Executing director type does NOT support the system call Wrong system call parameters Data called NOT found Data exceeds buffer size (SA_ADAPTER - ili)

C-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

C
0x86 0x87 0x88 0x89 0x8a 0x8b 0x8c 0x8d 0x8e 0x8f 0x90 0x91 0x92 0x93 0x94 0x95 0x96 0x97 0x98 0x99 0x9a 0x9b 0x9c 0x9d 0x9f 0xa0 0xa1 0xa2 0xa3 0xa4 0xa5 0xa6 0xa7 Remote request initiated by non RDF R1 device Remote request with no link available Illegal RSC - can not use socket device Requested length is not on 8 bytes bound Passive system call extended parameters cause parameter buffer overflow RSC on R1 when r2 is not ready RSC failed Inline system call not supported from host Inline system call data timeout Inline system call request from incorrect utility Attempt to write data beyond buffer end (internal logic error) Sent parameter flag byte error DA error (for disconnected system calls) System Internal error (Data consistency problem encountered) Multi-hop request with error on a remote link. Link in question may be off-line System call temporarily unavailable. Please retry System call requires the use of a socket System call not allow on dir/port by field in IMPL Error sending system call to a remote director (same Symmetrix) Error executing system call on a remote director (same Symmetrix) Requested system call format does not support more than 32 directors System call not supported for detected configuration (upgrade application) Multi-hop system call timed out somewhere along the line Requested count is not enough for extended parameters System call result remained un-initialized POLL Requested system call format does not support Open RDF Requested system call format does not support RDF Multicast Requested system call format does not support Dynamic RDF System call cannot be run to this device System call is disconnecting, user should not get this Format 6 input CRC does not match parameters System call timed out during execution

C M E
0x9e

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Multi-hop system call was sent, and it ran into an existing multi-hop system call

Return Codes

C-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

C
0xa8 0xa9 0xaa 0xab 0xac 0xad Could not get access ID/tag from parameters The system call format is not supported The sub command is not valid The sub format is not valid Reserved parameters are not zero Operation is not allowed on a meta member

Byte 1 - Symmetrix CRTpair Return Codes

RC 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x05 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B

Description System call succeeded The serial number of the remote box was incorrect The range is too big The device number was not valid A particular device failed Unused

Either wrong RA group specified, or could not determine the RA group This device is already an RDF device This device is not configured for Dynamic RDF The program was trying to undo the establish because of a failure, and it failed Attempted operation is only allowed in 5568 or above The syscall mechanism had an internal error Unused Farpoint does not allow R1's on RA2's or R2's on RA1's Some rdf (mirror) flags (2) specified were incorrect R2's cannot be the destination of file smmf Invalid multiexecute mask This device is configured to be Split CE+DE in the configuration The option bits specifying copy direction are not correct - or were used for non-PPRC Unused. Raid-S devices are not vaild for use with Dynamic RDF Attempted PPRC re-establish where the R1 did not already exist The R1 was ready on the link when the re-establish was sent

C M E
0x0C 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x0D

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

C-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

C
0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E 0x1F 0x20 0x21 0x22 0x23 Vault devices cannot be R2's Config comparison between the two sides failed Config comparison between the two sides failed The same device was referenced twice in two different runs Unused Cannot establish when SymmPurge is active on a device Unused Unused to add a dynamic RDF mirror to a device that already has 2 mirrors is already an rdf mirror of this group established to the device The rdf flags given in the syscall don't match those of the existing mirror cannot have two R2 mirrors on the same device This device is already an RDF device

Byte 1 - Symmetrix DELpair Return Codes

RC 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x06 0x07 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11 0x05

Description System call succeeded The range is too big

The serial number of the remote box was incorrect The device number was not valid A particular device failed An R1 had a ready RDF mirror Either wrong RA group specified, or could not determine the RA group This pair is not a Dynamic RDF pair Unused Attempted operation is only allowed in 5568 or above The syscall mechanism had an internal error Unused Unused Unused Unused Invalid multiexecute mask Unused

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

R1 one side was not an R1 (or R2 side was not an R2)

Return Codes

C-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

C
0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E Unused The devices specified as a pair are not actually a pair Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused Unused The same device was referenced twice in two different runs Unused Terminate not allowed SymmPurge is active on a device Unused Not allowed to terminate a pair if the R1 is in a cgroup

Byte 1 - Symmetrix SWApair Return Codes

RC 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x06 0x07

Description

System call succeeded The range is too big

The serial number of the remote box was incorrect The device number was not valid A particular device failed An R1 had a ready RDF mirror Either wrong RA group specified, or could not determine the RA group R1 one side was not an R1 (or R2 side was not an R2) This device is not configured for Dynamic RDF This pair is not a Dynamic RDF pair Attempted operation is only allowed in 5567 or above The syscall mechanism had an internal error Swap is not allowed on multicast devices Swap is not allowed on farpoint systems Some rdf (mirror) flags (2) specified were incorrect This current R1 is the destination of file smmf Invalid multiexecute mask Unused

C M E
0x05 0x08 0x09 0x0A 0x0B 0x0C 0x0D 0x0E 0x0F 0x10 0x11

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

C-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

C
0x12 0x13 0x14 0x15 0x16 0x17 0x18 0x19 0x1A 0x1B 0x1C 0x1D 0x1E Unused The devices specified as a pair are not actually a pair Raid-S devices are not valid for use with Dynamic RDF Unused Unused Vault devices cannot be R2's Unused Unused The same device was referenced twice in two different runs attempt to swap a device where the R2 is larger than the R1 Swap not allowed when SymmPurge is active on a device We are not allowed to swap PPRC pairs Unused

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Return Codes

C-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am AppC.fm


SRDF Operation Return Codes

C
Byte 1 Symmetrix ASYNC Return Codes

RC 0x00 0x01 0x02 0x03 0x04 0x11 0x12 0x13 0x21 0x22 0x23 0x24 0x25 0x30 0x31 0x32

Description SymmAPI call succeeded The passed SRDF/A session number was invalid The passed SRDF/A session does not exist A parameter used in the SymmAPI call was not correct The SymmAPI call was not directed to the secondary side first (or the second hop was not the primary side) The primary side of the activation failed The secondary side of the deactivation failed SRDF/A cleanup following deactivation is in progress The primary side of the activation failed The primary side of the deactivation failed This SymmAPI call must run on the primary side This SymmAPI call must run on the secondary side Could not perform a locked operation A previous suspend SymmAPI call has suspended the SRDF/A cycle switch

C M E
0x34 0x35

N O C

The previous suspend SymmAPI call has timed out and the SRDF/A cycle switch has resumed The cycle switch resume request found the SRDF/A cycle switch not suspended A tolerance off request for tolerance already off A tolerance off request found devices not ready

N E FID

L A TI

C-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

nvisible Body Tag

D
Comprehensive Test Plan

This appendix provides guidelines for EMC SRDF Controls for TPF evaluation and pre-implementation testing for the customer, systems engineer, and professional services. This appendix covers the following topics:

C M E

Overview ............................................................................................D-2 Local Site Responsibilities................................................................D-3 EMC Personnel Responsibilities .....................................................D-4 Hardware, Software, and Other Requirements ............................D-5 EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0 Test Plan ..............................D-6 Step 1: Plan the Test ..........................................................................D-7 Step 2: Test the Installation ............................................................D-12 Step 3: Document the Environment .............................................D-14 Step 4: Test the SRDF Configuration ............................................D-15 Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group .....D-18 Step 6: Test SRDF Controls Operations by Range ......................D-20 Step 7: Test SRDF Controls Operations on a Single Device ......D-21 Step 8: Test Component Failure ....................................................D-22 Step 11: Test Performance Impact .................................................D-23 Step 12: Complete Test Program Exit Survey..............................D-25

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Comprehensive Test Plan

D-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Overview
This appendix is intended to serve as a test template for a typical user's SRDF operation. It is the planning document to be used in determining a particular customer's test requirements. While this document covers the entire scope of preferred tests, it should be used by the local SE and the customer, to determine which of those tests will actually be run at the customer site.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Local Site Responsibilities


Each site should provide a description of the specific applications and environments for and with which the product will be tested. Results and measurements should include, but not be limited to the following:

Ease of installation. Usability. Effectiveness. Compatibility with desired goals. Adaptability for integration into normal procedures and/or automation. Provide a single point of contact for testing (customer) Coordination with local SE or ACT Site Manager (EMC) Coordinate tests with other customer personnel (EMC) Provide detailed test results to local SE or ACT Site Manager in a timely fashion (customer) Provide a data processing environment which meets the requirements of the product testing (customer)

The specific responsibilities of the test site include the following:


C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Local Site Responsibilities

D-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

EMC Personnel Responsibilities


EMC account teams will be responsible for local site management of the account, as well as development of site-specific test plans. The test plans should accommodate the documented test objectives as defined within this plan. Local EMC sales teams and sales management will be required to fully support the efforts of the test plan and provide support as documented.

Sales Representatives

Sales representatives are responsible for the following:

Account management, ensuring that the customer's and EMC's needs are being addressed On site as required Monitor testing for potential sale

Systems Engineer

Systems Engineers are responsible for the following:


Primary contact for customer communications Customize test plan to the customer's specific environment Pre-install site survey Coordinate local EMC and customer technical support First line of support for on site problem resolution Baseline performance numbers to compare with performance results of testing Provide weekly status to Corporate Systems Engineer Escalate any customer issues to Corporate Systems Engineer Document all test results and provide them to Corporate Systems Engineer Assist with installs and testing as time permits

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Customer Engineer

Customer Engineers are responsible for the following:


Ensure Symmetrix is setup to meet prerequisite settings On site as appropriate Assist with installs and testing as time permits

D-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Hardware, Software, and Other Requirements


A brief description of the hardware and software requirements is described below for the purposes of preliminary planning. In all cases, the product manuals and release notes should be used during the final planning stages and during testing, as they contain the most up-to-date information.

Hardware Requirements

Two or more Symmetrix 5000 units or later with a minimum of 5x64 microcode. The Symmetrix units must be configured with Source (R1) and/or Target (R2) volumes. There must be one Target (R2) in the local/remote Symmetrix unit for each Source (R1) in the local/remote Symmetrix unit.

Software Requirements

C M E

EMC SRDF Controls requires a a TPF 4.1 operating system environment. When running TPF under VM, EMC SRDF Controls for TPF requires that volumes, through which SRDF operations are to be issued, be defined as unsupported device types or attached directly to the VM userid. SRDF Controls for TPF allows the user to predetermine a gatekeeper device per physical control unit, through which all TimeFinder operations for devices in that control unit are to be issued. This gatekeeper device can be a general file or other online device.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

For more information, refer to Product Requirements on page 1-5.

Hardware, Software, and Other Requirements

D-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0 Test Plan


The remaining sections in this appendix describe the preferred product tests for EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0. It is up to the account team and the customer to determine which tests to run based on the resources available at the customer site. Feel free to customize the tests as needed, however, please be sure to document everything including how the test was run and the results. The objective of the test plan sections 5 though 7 is to provide a comprehensive rolling test scenario. The goal is to encompass all possible iterations of conditions that may be encountered in a production or test TPF environment in relation to SRDF operations as described in Chapter 3. It is important to note that other scenarios may arise under varying circumstances. It is important that each site consider specific conditions that may differ, and customize accordingly.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 1: Plan the Test


The focus of step 1 should be to educate the customer on the EMC SRDF Controls for TPF product and to establish a customer specific test plan, which includes test configurations, test schedules, and objectives. The key activities in this phase include the following: Identify goals and objectives. Identify test team. Educate the customer. Identify and validate customer test configurations. Develop customer specific test plans, which include schedules. Accomplish pre-site survey. Deliver tests equipment and verify that customer provided equipment is available.

Planning Checklist

The tables in this section serve as the planning and reporting document for the customer's individualized beta tests. These tables are for the individuals performing the tests, including the customer and the local EMC Systems Engineers. The information in these tables will be used to track the progress of the various phases of the test, and as an audit mechanism for determining full completion of the stated objectives.
Customer Contacts Phone e-mail

Table D-1

Name

Position/Function

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 1: Plan the Test

D-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Table D-2

EMC Contacts Position/Function EMC Systems Engineer EMC Sales Rep EMC Professional Services EMC Engineer Phone Email

Name

Table D-3

Test Activity List Start Date End Date Owner

ID #

Activity Tasks Step 1: Plan the Test on page D-7

1. 2.
Step 2: Test the Installation on page D-12

1. 2. 3. 4.

Step 3: Document the Environment on page D-14

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1. 2.
Step 4: Test the SRDF Configuration on page D-15

1. 2. 3. 4.

D-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Table D-3

Test Activity List (continued) Start Date End Date Owner

ID #

Activity Tasks

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group on page D-18

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Step 6: Test SRDF Controls Operations by Range on page D-20

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1. 2. 3.

Step 1: Plan the Test

D-9

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Table D-3

Test Activity List (continued) Start Date End Date Owner

ID #

Activity Tasks

4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Step 7: Test SRDF Controls Operations on a Single Device on page D-21

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Step 8: Test Component Failure on page D-22

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Step 11: Test Performance Impact on page D-23

1. 2.
EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

D-10

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Table D-3

Test Activity List (continued) Start Date End Date Owner

ID #

Activity Tasks

3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Step 12: Complete Test Program Exit Survey on page D-25

1.
Document Production Implementation Criterion

1. 2. 3.

Document Summary Results

1. 2.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 1: Plan the Test

D-11

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 2: Test the Installation


Requirements:
Two or more Symmetrix 5000 units or later with a minimum of 5x64 microcode. The Symmetrix units must be configured with Source (R1) and/or Target (R2) volumes or dynamic RDF devices (DRX, DR1, DR2). There must be one or two Targets (R2s) in the local/remote Symmetrix unit for each Source (R1) in the local/remote Symmetrix unit. If desired, ensure that Source (R1) and Target (R2) addresses are configured in the IOCDS. EMC SRDF Controls for TPF requires a TPF 4.1 operating system environment. When running TPF under VM, EMC SRDF Controls for TPF requires that volumes, through which SRDF operations are to be issued, be defined as unsupported device types or attached directly to the VM userid. SRDF Controls for TPF allows the user to predetermine a gatekeeper device per physical control unit, through which all TimeFinder operations for devices in that control unit are to be issued. This gatekeeper device can be a general file or other online device. When running TPF in native mode, or under VM with all devices defined as unsupported to VM, EMC SRDF Controls for TPF issues at least one EMC SymmAPI I/O operation to each online module in the TPF complex during SRDF Configuration and Control Record Refresh. See Chapter 4, SRDF Commands for details of the ZURDF CONfig command. All EMC SymmAPI I/O operations following SRDF Configuration are directed to the SRDF operations SDA for each logical control unit. See also ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-47 to determine the operations SDA for each logical control unit.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

SRDF Controls for TPF also allows the user to define a gatekeeper device per SRDF Set after SRDF Configuration. See also ZURDF DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG on page 4-65. Consult with your EMC representative to determine the SDA(s) to be used as a gatekeeper for one or more SRDF Sets. When a gatekeeper is defined for an SRDF Set, EMC SRDF Controls for TPF issues all EMC SymmAPI I/O operations for that logical control unit to the gatekeeper device. This gatekeeper device can be an online TPF module or can be mounted as a general file.

D-12

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Preparation and Installation (EMC CE) Preparation and Installation (Customer)
Ensure RDF devices are configured in accordance with test objectives

1. Install EMC SRDF Controls for TPF based on the documentation available. 2. Ensure RDF device addresses are configured in IOCDS. (Optional) 3. Allocate and initialize TPF system records using the product guide.

Apply fixes

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF development team maintains an FTP server that contains the latest enhancements and fixes to all known problems.
For instructions on accessing the site, refer to Maintenance on page 2-2.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 2: Test the Installation

D-13

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 3: Document the Environment


Requirements Objective
Access to bin file. Accurately document the customer's environment. Before starting the test process, EMC personnel must document the Symmetrix configuration. Documentation of the host connectivity, and logical volume configuration is also required. The customer must provide information about TPF version and PUT level as well as VM version and PUT level if using VM for testing. The key activities to document the environment are: Document Symmetrix Connectivity (hosts attached, channel connections) Document Logical Volume layout Document any special considerations

Document OS versions and PUT level for TPF and VM if applicable

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-14

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 4: Test the SRDF Configuration


Configure and test the SRDF Control Records by doing the following: 1. Integrate CTLRCD Backup/Restore into any configuration procedure. See ZURDF CTLRCD on page 4-63. 2. Display Configuration Control Records at various stages of the configuration process. See ZURDF CONfig DISplay on page 4-41 and ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-47. 3. Migrate version 5.1.0 SRDF control records to the SRDF Controls for TPF version 5.2.0 format. See Migrating From an Earlier Release of SRDF Controls on page 2-13, ZURDF MIGRATE on page 4-114, and ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31. 4. Configure one or more SRDF Groups consisting of one or more SRDF Sets: Exercise all configuration commands. See SRDF Controls commands ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51, ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34, and ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete on page 4-37. 5. Configure a multi-hop configuration: Configure one or more SRDF Groups consisting of one or more SRDF Sets consisting of a local and remote Symmetrix greater than one hop from the Symmetrix to which TPF has host access. Exercise all configuration commands. See SRDF Controls commands ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51, ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34, and ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete on page 4-37. Configure one or more SRDF Groups consisting of one or more SRDF Sets for which the source (R1s) are paired with 2 distinct target (R2) devices. Exercise all configuration commands. See SRDF Controls commands ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51, ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34, and ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete on page 4-37. 7. Configure a dynamic RDF configuration.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

6. Configure a concurrent RDF configuration:

Step 4: Test the SRDF Configuration

D-15

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Configure one or more SRDF Groups consisting of one or more SRDF Sets for which one or more source (DR1 or DRX) devices are paired with 1 or more target (DR2 or DRX) devices. Exercise all configuration commands. See SRDF Controls commands ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51, ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34, and ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete on page 4-37. 8. Configure duplicate RDF pairs in the same SRDF Group to test ZURDF CONfig VERify on page 4-54. Configure an SRDF Set, in an existing SRDF Group, containing RDF pair duplication. Configure duplication for both this side RDF devices and other side RDF devices. See ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete on page 4-37. Ensure duplication is indicated using ZURDF CONfig VERify on page 4-54 and ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31. 9. Close some but not all SRDF Groups and attempt to accept the configuration. See ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51 and ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31. 10. Attempt to configure duplicate SRDF Group names. See ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51. 11. Attempt to configure duplicate set names in the same SRDF Group. See ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34.

C M E

12. Delete some RDF pairs in one or more SRDF Sets. See ZURDF CONfig CHAnge|DELete on page 4-37. 13. Remove one or more SRDF Sets from one or more SRDF Groups. See ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

14. Rename one or more SRDF Sets and SRDF Groups. Attempt to rename an SRDF Group to an existing SRDF Group name. Attempt to rename an SRDF Set to an existing SRDF Set in the specified SRDF Group. See ZURDF CONfig REName on page 4-53. 15. Display Configuration Control Records. See ZURDF CONfig DISplay on page 4-41 and ZURDF CONfig DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-47. 16. Accept a configuration that reflects intended use of SRDF Controls in a test or production environment. See ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31.

D-16

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
17. Configure an SRDF Group containing only one or more empty Sets. See ZURDF CONfig OPEn|CLOse on page 4-51 and ZURDF CONfig ADD|REMove on page 4-34. Close the SRDF Group and Accept the configuration. See ZURDF CONfig ACCEPT|DISCARD on page 4-31. Ensure the empty SRDF Group is removed during the Accept. See ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-97.

Define the SRDF Controls Monitor Characteristics Display the SRDF Control Records

See ZURDF DEFine PARm-INT|DEL on page 4-67.

For migrated control records, ensure concurrence with the previous configuration, and general and SRDF Group properties. See ZURDF DISplay on page 4-79 and ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-97. During subsequent testing use the following SRDF Controls functional commands to ensure their proper function in accordance with Chapter 4 and the SRDF configuration configured earlier in this test plan: 1. ZURDF DISplay on page 4-79

2. ZURDF DISplay CTLRCD on page 4-97 3. ZURDF DISplay STAtus on page 4-102

C M E

During subsequent testing verify that all responses conform to the descriptions in Chapter 4.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 4: Test the SRDF Configuration

D-17

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group


Drive moderate R/W I/O to TPF system. Ensure that you have read Chapter 3 and Chapter 4, and understand how to transition from one operation to the next. A new SRDF Controls operation can be issued only after the previous operation has completed, as indicated by the SRDF Controls Monitor, or if the RESET command has been used to clear the SRDF Controls indicators and terminate the SRDF Controls Monitor. For more information, refer to Chapter 5. 1. Alter Status of Local Symmetrix SRDF Link Directors. See ZURDF LINk on page 4-111. 2. Alter Status of SRDF Target (R2) Devices. See ZURDF TARget on page 4-157. 3. Alter Operational Mode of SRDF Source (R1) Devices. Review possible modes of operation; Operational Modes on page 3-11. See also ZURDF MODe on page 4-116. 4. Alter Allowed Invalid or Write Pending Tracks for Devices in Adaptive Copy Mode. See ZURDF ADMAx|AWMAx on page 4-5. 5. Alter Device State of SRDF Source (R1) Devices to Read/Write Enabled. Source (R1) devices rarely become write-disabled (RWD) at Enginuity Operating Environment level 5x66 and earlier. Source (R1) devices in Symmetrix running Enginuity Operating Environment level 5x67 and higher have not been known to transition into the read/write disabled (RWD) state. See ZURDF WRIteenable on page 4-167.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

6. Alter Operational State of SRDF Source (R1) Devices. See ZURDF SUSpend|RESume on page 4-140. 7. Alter SRDF Device State of SRDF Source (R1) or Target (R2) Devices. To protect the user from making a production volume not ready to the host, this command can be issued for Target (R2) devices only. See Logical Volume States on page 3-4 and ZURDF RDY|NRDy on page 4-118. 8. Alter Synchronization Direction of a Symmetrix Unit. See ZURDF DEFine PARm-SYN on page 4-69. 9. Perform Full Volume Synchronization. See ZURDF V ALidate on page 4-160 and ZURDF INValidate on page 4-105. Review examples of operation in Chapter 5, SRDF Procedures.

D-18

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
10. Perform Partial Volume Synchronization. SeeZURDF REFresh on page 4-123 and ZURDF RFRresume on page 4-133. Review examples of operation in Chapter 5, SRDF Procedures.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group

D-19

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 6: Test SRDF Controls Operations by Range


SRDF Controls operations by range or single device is normally issued to assist in managing the traditional complex-wide operation.

Issue the following range commands to the last SRDF group operated on in Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group on page D-18. Drive moderate R/W I/O to TPF system. Ensure that you have read Chapter 3 and Chapter 4, and understand how to transition from one operation to the next. A new SRDF Controls operation can be issued only after the previous operation has completed, as indicated by the SRDF Controls Monitor, or if the RESET command has been used to clear the SRDF Controls indicators and terminate the SRDF Controls Monitor. Refer also to Chapter 5. Repeat operations on a range of devices as described in Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group on page D-18.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-20

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 7: Test SRDF Controls Operations on a Single Device


SRDF Controls operations by range or single device is normally issued to assist in managing the traditional complex-wide operation.

Issue the following single device commands to the last SRDF group operated on in Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group on page D-18. Drive moderate R/W I/O to TPF system. Ensure that you have read Chapter 3, SRDF Operations and Chapter 4, SRDF Commands, and understand how to transition from one operation to the next. A new SRDF Controls operation can be issued only after the previous operation has completed, as indicated by the SRDF Controls Monitor, or if the RESET command has been used to clear the SRDF Controls indicators and terminate the SRDF Controls Monitor. Refer also to Chapter 5, SRDF Procedures. Repeat operations on a single device as described in Step 5: Test SRDF Controls Operations on an SRDF Group on page D-18.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 7: Test SRDF Controls Operations on a Single Device

D-21

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 8: Test Component Failure


Test Drive Failure of Source (R1)
Test drive failure of Source (R1) during the following: 1. Change SRDF mode of operation. See ZURDF MODe on page 4-116. 2. Suspend/Resume SRDF operation. See ZURDF SUSpend|RESume on page 4-140.

Test Drive Failure of Target (R2)

Test drive failure of Target (R2) during the following: 1. Change SRDF mode of operation. See ZURDF MODe on page 4-116. 2. Suspend/Resume SRDF operation. See ZURDF SUSpend|RESume on page 4-140.

Test DA Failure

Test DA failure during the following:

1. Change SRDF mode of operation. See ZURDF MODe on page 4-116. 2. Suspend/Resume SRDF operation. See ZURDF SUSpend|RESume on page 4-140.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-22

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 11: Test Performance Impact


Requirements
Gather performance statistics during all SRDF Controls activities using TPF/Amdahl DASD monitor. Ensure that SRDF Controls does not introduce error or unacceptable overhead to the customer environment during all SRDF Controls activities. Measure of the following activities (for single device, range of devices, and group). 1. Change SRDF mode of operation. See ZURDF MODe on page 4-116. 2. Suspend/Resume SRDF operation. See ZURDF SUSpend|RESume on page 4-140.

Objective

Runtime

Average I/O Response Times

Measure average response times at varying IO rates while running SRDF in the following: 1. Adaptive copy disk and write pending modes. 2. Semi-synchronous mode.

Peak I/O Response Times

C M E

3. Synchronous mode.(optional). Synchronous mode is traditionally not used in extended distance environments in which source (R1s) are online to production TPF system. Measure peak response times at varying IO rates while running SRDF in the following: 1. Adaptive copy disk and write pending modes. 2. Semi-synchronous mode. 3. Synchronous mode.(optional). Synchronous mode is traditionally not used in extended distance environments in which source (R1s) are online to production TPF system.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Step 11: Test Performance Impact

D-23

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

D
Cache Hit and Disconnect Times
Measure cache hit ratios and disconnect times at varying R/W ratios while running SRDF in the following: 1. Adaptive copy disk and write pending modes. 2. Semi-synchronous mode. 3. Synchronous mode.(optional). Synchronous mode is traditionally not used in extended distance environments in which source (R1s) are online to production TPF system.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-24

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

Step 12: Complete Test Program Exit Survey


Once you have completed the procedures in the test plan, please complete the send the following survey to EMC.

Customer Testing Survey

Describe the results of the testing procedure, your comments on the usability of the operations, any recommended documentation changes and any other comments you may have. Please indicate your name or initials if you are not the primary tester, so that we may follow up with you on any unresolved issues. Was documentation sufficient to support the installation of EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0? Was documentation sufficient to support the use of EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0? Was the customer adequately supported during the test? Were you able to identify any training needs and/or Professional Services requirements? Were the customer's expectations met with regards to EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0? Was the account team expectations met with regards to EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0?

C M E
Sending to EMC

Would this customer be willing to have a success story written regarding use of EMC SRDF Controls for TPF? Is this customer a referenceable EMC SRDF Controls for TPF V5.2.0 site? Will the customer purchase an EMC SRDF Controls for TPF license? If the customer does NOT plan on purchasing a permanent license, please explain why. Use one of the following methods to send the survey to the EMC Customer Support Center:

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

E-mail FTP U.S. Mail to the following address: Mainframe Software Development 171 South Street Hopkinton, MA 01748

Step 12: Complete Test Program Exit Survey

D-25

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am APPD.fm


Comprehensive Test Plan

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

D-26

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

nvisible Body Tag

E
Customer Support

This appendix reviews the EMC process for detecting and resolving software problems, and provides essential questions that you should answer before contacting the EMC Customer Support Center. This appendix covers the following topics:

Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems ......................... E-2 Troubleshooting the Problem .......................................................... E-3 Before Calling the Customer Support Center ............................... E-4 Documenting the Problem............................................................... E-5 Reporting a New Problem ............................................................... E-6 Sending Problem Documentation................................................... E-7

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Customer Support

E-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

Overview of Detecting and Resolving Problems


EMC software products are supported directly by the EMC Customer Support Center in the United States. EMC uses the following process to resolve customer problems with its software products (Figure E-1).

Problem Detection

Refer to Technical Support Appendix in this Manual

Collect Problem Information as Directed

C M E

N O C

Contact the EMC Customer Support Center: (800) SVC-4EMC U.S.: Canada: (800) 543-4SVC Worldwide: (508) 497-7901

N E FID

L A TI

Confirm that the Problem is Software Related

Call will be Directed to an EMC Software Support Engineer

Problem is Tracked and Managed to Resolution

Figure E-1

Problem Detection and Resolution Process

E-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

Troubleshooting the Problem


Please perform the relevant diagnostic steps before you contact the EMC Customer Support Center: 1. Read the documentation carefully. 2. Reconstruct the events leading up to the problem and describe them in writing. 3. Run some test cases to reproduce the problem. If you encounter a problem that requires technical programming or analysis, call the nearest EMC office or contact the EMC Customer Support Center at one of the following numbers: United States: Canada: Worldwide: (800) 782-4362 (SVC-4EMC) (800) 543-4782 (543-4SVC) (508) 497-7901

Please do not request a specific support representative unless one has already been assigned to your particular system problem.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Troubleshooting the Problem

E-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

Before Calling the Customer Support Center


Have the following information available before calling the Customer Support Center or your support representative (if one has been assigned to you): Your company name Your name Your phone number For an existing problem, the problem tracking system ID, if one was previously assigned to the problem by a support representative For an MVS problem, the JESLOG, SYSPRINT, all STDOUT DD members of the server job output and similar output for the client, and the relevant portion of the SYSLOG For TPF problems, the TPF console logs, relevant dump information, and console message numbers from all TPF processors around the time of the incident

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

E-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

Documenting the Problem


If the EMC Customer Support Center requests information regarding the problem, please document it completely, making sure to include the following information: Your company name and address Your name Your telephone number The importance of the problem, so that it can be assigned a priority level To expedite the processing of your support request, you can photocopy this list and include it with the package.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Documenting the Problem

E-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

Reporting a New Problem


For a new problem, please provide the following information: Release level of the software that you are running Software installation parameters Host type on which you are running Operating system you are running and its release number Functions of the software that you are running Whether you can reproduce the problem Previous occurrences of the problem Whether the software has ever worked correctly Time period that the software did work properly Conditions under which the software worked properly Changes to your system between the time the software worked properly and the problem began Exact sequence of events that led to the system error Message numbers and complete text of any messages that the system produced

C M E

Log file dated near the time the error occurred Results from tests that you have run Other related system output Other information that may help solve the problem

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

E-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

Sending Problem Documentation


Use one of the following methods to send documentation of the problem to the EMC Customer Support Center:

E-mail FTP U.S. mail to the following address: EMC Customer Support Center 45 South Street Hopkinton, MA 01748-9103 If the problem was assigned a number or a specific support representative, please include that information in the address as well.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Sending Problem Documentation

E-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Customer Support.fm


Customer Support

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

E-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

Glossary

This glossary contains terms related to disk storage subsystems. Many of these terms are used in this manual.

A
Adaptive Copy - Disk Mode (AD)

C M E
Adaptive Copy - Write Pending mode (AW)

An SRDF mode of operation that stores new data for a remotely mirrored pair on the source volume of that pair as invalid tracks until it can be successfully transferred to the target volume. A skew parameter associated with this mode indicates the maximum number of tracks that can be out of synchronization between the two volumes at any given time. This skew parameter value is set at the device level in Symmetrix units at microcode level 5061 and later and can range from 1 to 65,535 (decimal). In Symmetrix units at microcode level 5060, this skew parameter value is set at the controller level and is the same for all remotely mirrored pairs configured for the Adaptive Copy mode. This skew value can range from 1 to 999,999 (decimal).

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

An SRDF mode of operation that stores new data for a remotely mirrored pair in the cache of the local Symmetrix unit until it can be successfully written to both the source and target volumes. A skew parameter associated with this mode determines the maximum number of write pendings that can exist for a remotely mirrored pair. (There is a skew value for each remotely mirrored pair configured for the Adaptive Copy mode in Symmetrix units at microcode level 5061 and later.) This skew parameter is set at the device level and can range from 1 to 65,535 (decimal).

This is My Newest Special Variable Title

g-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

B
Business Continuance Volume (BCV) BSS A new mirror that can be established and then split from its mirror and separately addressed. Basic Subsystem. The primary subsystem that contain the control program and system software required to process all system related tasks.

C
Cache Random access electronic storage used to retain frequently used data from disk for faster access by the channel. The component in the Symmetrix subsystem that interfaces between the host channels and data storage. It transfers data between the channel and cache.

Channel Director

D
Destage

The asynchronous write of new or updated data from cache to disk device. A uniquely addressable part of the Symmetrix subsystem that consists of a set of access arms, the associated disk surfaces, and the electronic circuitry required to locate, read, and write data. The hexadecimal value that uniquely defines a physical I/O device on a channel path in an MVS environment. The value that logically identifies a disk device in a string.

Device

Device Address

Device Number Diagnostics

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

System level tests or firmware designed to inspect, detect, and correct failing components. These tests are comprehensive and self-invoking. The component in the Symmetrix subsystem that interfaces between cache and the disk devices. An optional feature for source volumes. When enabled, this feature causes a source volume to become not ready to its host and all I/O activity ceases with that volume if the target volume fails or a link failure occurs. When the fault condition is corrected, the user must manually make the source volume ready. This feature ensures that a remotely mirrored pair is always synchronized.

Disk Director

Domino Attribute

g-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

Dynamic Sparing

A Symmetrix feature that automatically transfers data from a failing disk device to an available spare disk device without affecting data availability. This feature supports all devices in the Symmetrix subsystem.

F
Fast Write In Symmetrix, a write operation at cache speed that does not require immediate transfer of data to disk. The data is written directly to cache and is available for later destaging. Face Table. TPF systems macro used to issue a CCW chain to an online TPF device.

FCTB FDCTC

G
Gigabyte (GB) 109 bytes.

I
Identifier (ID)

A sequence of bits or characters that identifies a program, device, controller, or system. Initial microcode program loading.

IML Invalid Track

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

An invalid track occurs when data is written to a disk track, and that data is not yet reflected on the partner device. The track on the partner device is said to be invalid. In the normal case where the source (R1) and target (R2) volumes are in communication and staying in synch, the updated track will be passed to the target device and once it is written there is no longer invalid. If the source and target devices are not in communication for some reason, for instance, if the RDF links are disabled, the invalid tracks will build up over time. The R1 invalid track count can also be built up if the source (R1) volume is not ready to the host while the link is operational and data is being written to the source (R1) volume. Invalid tracks for the source (R1) volume may also be generated during R2 Read/Write testing. These may be cleared using the procedures outlined in SRDF Procedures on page 5-1.

This is My Newest Special Variable Title

g-3

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

Invalid Tracks Attribute

An attribute for target volumes. This attribute, when enabled, informs the host if a target volume did not complete synchronization with its source volume at the time of a second link failure. Action for SC VOL command that makes all tracks invalid for a target volume on a source volume. An addressable input/output unit, such as a disk device. Program Allocation Table.

Invalidate

I/O Device IPAT

K
Kilobyte (K) 1024 bytes.

L
Link Path A single ESCON Light Emitting Diode (LED) fiber optic connection between the two Symmetrix units. A minimum of two to a maximum of eight links can exist between the two units. A Symmetrix logical volume that is not participating in SRDF operations. All CPUs attached to the Symmetrix may access it for read/write operations. It is available for local mirroring or dynamic sparing operations to the Symmetrix unit in which it resides only. A user-addressable unit of storage. In the Symmetrix subsystem, the user can define multiple logical volumes on a single physical disk device.

Local Volume

Logical Volume

C M EM

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

MDBF Media Megabyte (MB) MII Mirroring

Multiple Data Base Facility. The disk surface on which data is stored. 106 bytes. Machine Initiated Interrupt. The Symmetrix maintains two identical copies of a designated volume on separate disks. Each volume automatically updates during a write operation. If one disk device fails, Symmetrix automatically uses the other disk device.

g-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

Mirrored Pair

A logical volume comprised of two physical devices with all data recorded twice, once on each device.

P
Promotion The process of moving data from a track on the disk device to cache. See also Stage.

R
R1 R2 RA1 Unit See Source Volume (R1). See Target Volume (R2). In an SRDF configuration, it is the primary data storage subsystem. It initiates many of the SRDF synchronization activities. An SRDF configuration must have at least one RA1unit and one RA2 unit. See also RA2 Unit. In an SRDF configuration, this subsystem maintains synchronization with the volumes it is paired with in the RA1 unit. It can serve as an RA1 unit during disaster recovery. An SRDF configuration must have at least one RA1 unit and one RA2 unit. See also RA1 Unit. Redundant Array of Independent Disks.

RA2 Unit

RAID Read Hit Read Miss Remote Link Director (RLD)

C M E

Data requested by the read operation is in cache. Data requested by the read operation is not in cache. Each Symmetrix system requires a minimum of two up to a maximum of eight RLD directors depending on the Symmetrix model in use. Each RLD manages two ESCON fiber link connections. Each RLD can perform a single I/O at a time to its paired RLD in the remote Symmetrix unit. Record ID Attribute Table.

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

RIAT

S
SAF SDA Security Access Facility. Symbolic Device Address.

This is My Newest Special Variable Title

g-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

Semi-synchronous Mode

An SRDF mode of operation that provides an asynchronous mode of operation. Applications are notified that an I/O (or I/O chain) is complete once the data is in the cache of the RA1 Symmetrix unit. Any new data is then written to cache in the RA2 Symmetrix unit. The RA2 Symmetrix unit acknowledges receipt of the data once it is secure in its cache. If source tracks are pending transfer to a target volume, and a second write is attempted to the source, Symmetrix will disconnect (non-immediate retry request), and wait for the pending track to transfer to the RA2 Symmetrix unit. A Symmetrix logical volume that is participating in SRDF operations. It resides in the local Symmetrix unit. All CPUs attached to the Symmetrix may access a source volume for read/write operations. All writes to this volume are mirrored to a remote Symmetrix unit. A source volume is not available for local mirroring operations. Symmetrix Remote Data Facility. SRDF consists of the microcode and hardware required to support Symmetrix remote mirroring. Subsystem ID. For 3990 storage control emulations, this value identifies the physical components of a logical DASD subsystem. The SSID must be a unique number in the host system. It should be an even number and start on a zero boundary. The process of writing data from a disk device to cache. See also Promotion, Destage. The component in the Symmetrix subsystem that connects Symmetrix to the host channels. It performs channel commands and communicates with the disk adapters and cache. See also Channel Director. An SRDF mode of operation that ensures 100% synchronized mirroring between the two Symmetrix units. This is a synchronous mode of operation. Applications are notified that an I/O (or I/O chain) is complete when the RA2 Symmetrix unit acknowledges that the data has been secured in its cache.

Source Volume (R1)

SRDF

SSID

Stage

Storage Control

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

Synchronous Mode

g-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

T
Target Volume (R2) A Symmetrix logical volume that is participating in SRDF operations. It resides in the remote Symmetrix unit. It is paired with a source volume in the local Symmetrix unit and receives all write data from its mirrored pair. This volume is not accessed by user applications during normal I/O operations. A target volume is not available for local mirroring or dynamic sparing operations.

V
Validate Action for SC VOL command that makes all tracks for a source volume valid on a target volume.

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

This is My Newest Special Variable Title

g-7

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am Gloss.fm


Glossary

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

g-8

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFIX.fm (Publication Template v3.6)

Index

Symbols
#EMCRF 2-9

C
campus solution 1-8 synchronous mode 3-12 channel interface states 3-6 CLEar parameter 4-104 commands ADMAx|AWMAx 4-5 CONFIG ACCEPT|DISCARD 4-31 CONfig CHAnge|DELete 4-37 CONfig DISplay 4-41 CONfig DISplay CTLRCD 4-47 CONfig OPEn|CLOse 4-51 CONfig REName 4-53 CONfig VERify 4-54 CRTpair 4-57 CTLRCD 4-63 DEFine PARm-INT|DEL 4-67 DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG 4-65 DEFine PARm-STL 4-68 DEFine PARm-SYN 4-69 DELpair 4-70 DISplay 4-79 DISplay CTLRCD 4-97 DISplay STAtus 4-102 Help 4-3 INItialize 4-104 INValidate 4-105 LINk 4-111 MIGRATE 4-114 MODe 4-116 RDY|NRDy 4-118 REFresh 4-123 RESET 4-129

A
Adaptive Copy altering devices in 4-5 disabling 3-18 error conditions 3-18 Maximum Invalid Tracks parameter 3-17, 3-19 using dynamically 3-17, 3-19 with concurrent RDF 3-24 Adaptive Copy mode 1-8 adaptive copy mode 1-9 Adaptive Copy-Disk 3-10, 3-19 to 3-20 error conditions 3-20 Adaptive Copy-Disk Mode attribute 3-10 Adaptive Copy-Write Pending 3-9, 3-16 to 3-18 Adaptive Copy-Write Pending attribute 3-9 ADMAx|AWMAx command 4-5 allocator source (TABLExx), generating 2-9 asynchronous mode 1-9, 3-21 attributes Adaptive Copy-Disk Mode 3-10 Adaptive Copy-Write Pending 3-9 SEMI-SYNC 3-9 SYNC 3-9

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

B
bi-directional configuration 1-7 bulk data transfers 3-19

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

i-1

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFIX.fm


Index

RESTART 4-130 RFRresume 4-133 SUSpend|RESume 4-140 SWAPAIR 4-147 SYNchd 4-153 TARget 4-157 VALidate 4-160 WRIteenable 4-167 commands, displaying valid 4-3 Concurrent RDF 1-6, 3-24 operating in synchronous mode 3-25 CONFIG ACCEPT|DISCARD command 4-31 CONfig ADD|REMove command commands CONFIG ADD|REMove 4-34 CONfig CHAnge|DELete commands 4-37 CONfig DISplay command 4-41 CONfig DISplay CTLRCD command 4-47 CONfig OPEn|CLOse command 4-51 CONfig REName command 4-53 CONfig VERify command 4-54 CRTpair command 4-57 CTLRCD command 4-63 Customer Support Center E-3, E-7 CVAx segment 2-9

E1RV0001I A-27, A-31 E1RV0002W A-31 E1RV0003W A-31 E1RV0004W A-31 E1RV0005W A-32 E1Rx program segment 2-9 E1Rx0001E A-31 EMC FTP site, accessing 2-2 enhancements 5-xix error recovery 3-18 Extended distance solution 1-8

F
Farpoint 1-8 FCTB segment 2-9 features 1-3 fixes, obtaining from EMC 2-2 FTP site, accessing 2-2 Full SRDF state 3-17, 3-19 full volume synchronization, performing 4-105, 4-160 functional entries 2-11

DEFine PARm-INT|DEL command 4-67 DEFine PARm-ONL|GFL|NOG command 4-65 DEFine PARm-STL command 4-68 DEFine PARm-SYN command 4-69 DELpair command 4-70 device states 3-4 disaster recovery campus solution 1-8 extended distance solution 1-8 Farpoint 1-8 DISplay command 4-79 DISplay CTLRCD command 4-97 DISplay STAtus command 4-102 Domino attribute 3-10

C M E

N O C

N E ID G F
H

L A TI

gatekeeper device 1-5 defining 4-65 global synch direction, defining for SRDF controls 4-69 global synchronization direction 4-153

Help command 4-3 host accessibility 3-7

I
I/O operations 3-3 IML 4-172 INItialize command 4-104 installation tape 2-3 invalid track flags,removing from SRDF partner device 4-160 invalid track table 4-106 updating 4-160 invalid tracks threshold 3-10

E
E1Ax program segment 2-9 E1RI0001I A-27 E1RI0004W A-27
i-2

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFIX.fm


Index

INValidate command 4-105

J
JCL 2-7

PAT source (IPATxx), generating 2-9 primary volumes 1-6 product enhancements 5-xix

R
R1 volumes 1-6 R2 volumes 1-6 RA pair 1-7 RA-2 1-7 RDFGroups 1-6 RDY|NRDy command 4-118 read/write state source volumes 3-5 target volumes 3-5 read-only state target volumes 3-5 recovery procedures link status B-2 volume status B-3 REFresh command 4-123 release notes, obtaining from EMC 2-2 remote adapter 1-7 Remote Link Director (RLD) 3-13 remotely mirrored volumes 3-2 enable read/write access 5-3 operational modes 3-11 requirements 1-5 Concurrent RDF 3-24 RESET command 4-129 RESTART command 4-130 resynchronization 5-6 return codes C-1 RFRresume command 4-133 RLD status 4-111

L
LINk command 4-111 local volumes 3-2 logical volume attributes 3-9 to 3-10 Adaptive Copy 3-9, 3-10 source volumes 3-9 logical volume states 3-4 to 3-8 host accessibility 3-7 host view 3-6 to 3-7 source volume 3-5, 3-6 SRDF view 3-5 to 3-6 target volume 3-5, 3-6 logical volume types 3-2

M
master control record indicator, resetting 4-129 Maximum Invalid Tracks parameter 3-17, 3-19 microcode requirements 1-5 MIGRATE command 4-114 migrating from version to version 2-13 MODe command 4-116

not ready state source volumes 3-5, 3-6 target volumes 3-5, 3-7

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

O
operational modes 3-10 to 3-20 Adaptive Copy-Disk 3-19 to 3-20 Adaptive Copy-Write Pending 3-16 to 3-18 semi-synchronous 3-14 to 3-15 synchronous mode 3-12 to 3-13 Opr RC Summary column C-2

S
secondary volumes 1-6 security feature 1-3 SEMI-SYNC attribute 3-9 semi-synchronous data copying 1-8 semi-synchronous mode 1-8, 3-14 to 3-15 Set Name 1-4 setting at the Symmetrix level 1-3 SIM codes A-33 Skew parameter 3-9, 3-10, 3-16, 3-19 source devices
EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide
i-3

P
partial volume synchronization 4-133 performing 4-123

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFIX.fm


Index

altering the operational mode of 4-116 altering the SRDF state of 4-118, 4-140 enabling read/write 4-167 operational mode 4-116 source volumes 1-6, 3-2 attributes 3-9 host accessibility 3-7 host view 3-6 not ready state 3-5, 3-6 read/write state 3-5 states 3-5, 3-6 write-disabled state 3-6 write-enabled state 3-6 SPRIAT segment 2-9 SRDF Adaptive Copy function 3-16 to 3-18, 3-19 to 3-20 additional functions 3-33 benefits 1-6 configurations 1-6 features 1-6 overview 1-6 SRDF controls program directory 2-4 SRDF display and configuration operations 1-3 SRDF fibre channel emulation 1-7 SRDF Group Name 1-4 SRDF groups, defining 1-4 SRDF implementations 1-8 campus solution 1-8 extended distance solution 1-8 Farpoint 1-8 SRDF link director 4-111 altering the status of 4-111 SRDF Monitor 1-3 defining characteristics 4-67 resetting 4-129 terminating 4-129 SRDF Monitor display C-2 SRDF operation displaying the status 4-102 restarting after outage 4-130 SRDF relationship, swapping 4-147 SRDF return codes C-1 SRDF target devices, altering the status 4-157 SRDF0060E A-13 successful transfer 3-13, 3-14, 3-16 SUSpend|RESume command 4-140

SWAPAIR command 4-147 switched SRDF configurations 3-31 Symmetrix synchronization direction 4-160 SYNC attribute 3-9 SYNchd command 4-153 synchronization direction 1-3 altering 4-153 synchronous data copying 1-8 synchronous mode 1-8, 3-12 to 3-13 system outage, restarting an SRDF operation 4-130

T
T3/E3 link 1-8 TARget command 4-157 target devices 4-157 altering the SRDF state of 4-118 target volumes 1-6, 3-2 host accessibility 3-7 host view 3-6 Not Ready state 3-5 not ready state 3-7 read/write state 3-5 read-only state 3-5 states 3-5, 3-6 write-disabled state 3-6 technical support E-3 testing recovery procedures 5-6 performing R2 read/write testing 5-8 to 5-9 selecting a synchronization method 5-10 to 5-12 TPF Prime CRAS console 4-67 TPF under VM 1-5 transfer error 3-13, 3-15, 3-16, 3-19

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

U
uni-directional configuration 1-6, 1-8 upgrading 2-13 URDF0000I A-3 URDF0001T A-3 URDF0002E A-3 URDF0003E A-3 URDF0004E A-3 URDF0005E A-4 URDF0006E A-4 URDF0007E A-4

i-4

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFIX.fm


Index

URDF0008E A-4 URDF0009E A-4 URDF0010E A-5 URDF0011E A-5 URDF0012E A-5 URDF0013E A-5 URDF0014E A-5 URDF0016E A-6 URDF0017E A-6 URDF0018E A-6 URDF0019I A-6 URDF0020E A-6 URDF0021E A-7 URDF0022E A-7 URDF0023E A-7 URDF0024I A-7 URDF0025E A-7 URDF0026E A-8 URDF0027I A-8 URDF0028E A-8 URDF0029E A-8 URDF0030E A-8 URDF0031E A-8, A-9 URDF0032E A-9 URDF0038I A-9 URDF0039I A-9 URDF0043E A-9 URDF0044E A-9 URDF0045E A-10 URDF0046E A-10 URDF0047E A-10 URDF0048E A-10 URDF0049E A-10 URDF0050E A-11 URDF0051E A-11 URDF0052E A-11 URDF0053E A-11 URDF0054E A-11 URDF0055E A-12 URDF0056E A-12 URDF0057E A-12 URDF0058E A-12 URDF0059E A-12 URDF0061E A-13 URDF0062E A-13 URDF0063I A-13 URDF0064I A-13

C M E

N O C

URDF0065I A-14 URDF0066E A-14 URDF0067E A-14 URDF0068E A-14 URDF0069E A-14 URDF0086E A-19 URDF0087E A-19 URDF0090I A-20 URDF0091E A-20, A-22 URDF0092E A-20 URDF0093E A-20 URDF0094I A-20 URDF0098I A-21 URDF0103I A-22 URDF0104I A-23 URDF0105I A-24 URDF0110I A-24 URDF0111I A-24 URDF0113I A-24 URDF0114I A-25 URDF0115I A-25 URDF0116I A-25 URDF0117I A-25 URDF0118I A-25 URDF0999I A-26 URDF1000I A-26 URDF1001I A-26 URDF1002W A-26 URDF1003I A-27 URDF1004W A-27 URDF1005W A-27 URDF1013I A-28 URDF1014I A-28 URDF1025I A-28 URDF1026I A-22 URDF1028I A-28 URDF1029I A-22, A-28 URDF1030I A-29 URDF1043I A-29 URDF1049I A-29 URDF1050I A-29 URDF1052I A-30 URDF1053I A-30 URDF1054I A-30 URDF1055I A-30 URDF1056I A-30 USRTPF segment 2-9

N E FID

L A TI

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

i-5

Revised: February 11, 2004 11:18 am SRDFTPFIX.fm


Index

UTIM0070E A-15 UTIM0071E A-15 UTIM0072E A-15 UTIM0073E A-15 UTIM0074E A-15 UTIM0075E A-16 UTIM0076E A-16 UTIM0077E A-16 UTIM0078E A-16 UTIM0079E A-16 UTIM0080E A-17 UTIM0081E A-18 UTIM0082E A-18 UTIM0083E A-18 UTIM0084I A-18 UTIM0085E A-19 UTIM0086I A-22 UTIM0088E A-19 UTIM0089I A-19 UTIM0092I A-22 UTIM0095E A-21 UTIM0096E A-21 UTIM0097E A-21 UTIM0098I A-21 UTIM0099I A-21 UTIM1007I A-27 UTIM1044I A-29 UTIM1045I A-29

VALidate command 4-160 volume synchronization direction 4-160 volumes local 3-2 source 3-2 target 3-2

C M E

N O C

N E FID

L A TI

W
World Wide Name (WWN) 3-31 write pending tracks 4-5 write-disabled state 3-6 WRIteenable command 4-167 write-enabled state 3-6

i-6

EMC SRDF Controls for TPF Product Guide

S-ar putea să vă placă și